e10vk

Description

0000950134-07-005632.txt : 20070314 0000950134-07-005632.hdr.sgml : 20070314 20070314162845 ACCESSION NUMBER: 0000950134-07-005632 CONFORMED SUBMISSION TYPE: 10-K PUBLIC DOCUMENT COUNT: 7 CONFORMED PERIOD OF REPORT: 20061231 FILED AS OF DATE: 20070314 DATE AS OF CHANGE: 20070314 FILER: COMPANY DATA: COMPANY CONFORMED NAME: ENDWAVE CORP CENTRAL INDEX KEY: 0001118941 STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION: RADIO & TV BROADCASTING & COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT [3663] IRS NUMBER: 954333817 STATE OF INCORPORATION: DE FISCAL YEAR END: 1130 FILING VALUES: FORM TYPE: 10-K SEC ACT: 1934 Act SEC FILE NUMBER: 000-31635 FILM NUMBER: 07693940 BUSINESS ADDRESS: STREET 1: 130 BAYTECH DRIVE CITY: SAN JOSE STATE: CA ZIP: 95134 BUSINESS PHONE: (408)522-3100 MAIL ADDRESS: STREET 1: 130 BAYTECH DRIVE CITY: SAN JOSE STATE: CA ZIP: 95134 10-K 1 f27824e10vk.htm FORM 10-K e10vk

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

Form 10-K


(Mark One)
þ		ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
		For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006
or
o		TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
		For the transition period from to

Commission file number: 000-31635

Endwave Corporation

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)


Delaware		95-4333817
(State of incorporation)		(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

130 Baytech Drive San Jose, CA		95134 (Zip code)
(Address of principal executive offices)

(408) 522-3100

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:


Title of Each Class		Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered

Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share		The NASDAQ Global Market

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes o No þ

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file requires pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act. Yes o No þ

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes þ No o

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K. o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer o Accelerated filer þ Non-accelerated filer o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes o No þ

The aggregate market value of the common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 30, 2006 was approximately $81 million. Shares of voting common stock held by directors, executive officers, and by each person who was known to us to beneficially own 10% or more of the outstanding common stock as of such date have been excluded as such persons may be deemed to be affiliates. This determination of affiliate status is not necessarily a conclusive determination for other purposes. The aggregate market value has been computed based on a price of $12.43, which was the closing sale on June 30, 2006 as reported by The NASDAQ Global Market.

The number of shares outstanding of the registrant’s common stock as of February 16, 2007 was 11,563,209. The number of shares outstanding of the registrant’s preferred stock as of such date was 300,000. Such shares are convertible at the holder’s option into 3,000,000 shares of our common stock.

ENDWAVE CORPORATION

FORM 10-K

Year Ended December 31, 2006

TABLE OF CONTENTS


			Page No.

PART I
	Item 1.	Business		3
	Item 1A.	Risk Factors		17
	Item 1B.	Unresolved Staff Comments		28
	Item 2.	Properties		28
	Item 3.	Legal Proceedings		28
	Item 4.	Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders		28

PART II
	Item 5.	Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities		29
	Item 6.	Selected Consolidated Financial Data		30
	Item 7.	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations		31
	Item 7A.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk		47
	Item 8.	Financial Statements and Supplementary Data		48
	Item 9.	Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure		78
	Item 9A.	Controls and Procedures		78
	Item 9B.	Other Information		80

PART III
	Item 10.	Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance		80
	Item 11.	Executive Compensation		84
	Item 12.	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management		93
	Item 13.	Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence		95
	Item 14.	Principal Accountant Fees and Services		96

PART IV
	Item 15.	Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules		97
SIGNATURES				101
EXHIBIT 10.28
EXHIBIT 23.1
EXHIBIT 31.1
EXHIBIT 31.2
EXHIBIT 32.1

FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION

This report contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 17A of the Securities Act of 1933, or the Securities Act, and within the meaning of Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the Exchange Act, that are subject to the “safe harbor” created by those sections. These forward-looking statements can generally be identified as such because the statement will include words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “continue,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “opportunity,” “plan,” “potential,” “predict” or “will,” the negative of these words or words of similar import. Similarly, statements that describe our future plans, strategies, intentions, expectations, objectives, goals or prospects are also forward-looking statements. Discussions containing these forward-looking statements may be found, among other places, in the sections of this report entitled “Business,” “Risk Factors,” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” These forward-looking statements are or will be, as applicable, based largely on our expectations and projections about future events and future trends affecting our business, and so are or will be, as applicable, subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements. The risks and uncertainties are attributable to, among other things: our ability to achieve and maintain profitability; our customer and market concentration; our ability to penetrate new markets; fluctuations in our operating results from quarter to quarter; our reliance on third-party manufacturers and semiconductor foundries; acquiring businesses and integrating them with our own; component, design or manufacturing defects in our products; and our dependence on key personnel. Because of the risks and uncertainties referred to above, actual results or outcomes could differ materially from those expressed in any forward-looking statements made by us or on our behalf and you should not place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements. Further, any forward-looking statement speaks only as of the date on which it is made, and we undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statement to reflect events or circumstances after the date on which the statement is made or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events. New factors emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for us to predict which factors will arise. In addition, we cannot assess the impact of each factor on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements. Except as required by law, we undertake no obligation to publicly revise our forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances that arise after the date of this report or the date of documents incorporated by reference in this report that include forward-looking statements.

PART I


Item 1.	*Business*

Introduction

We design, manufacture and market radio frequency, or RF, modules that enable the transmission, reception and processing of high frequency signals in telecommunication networks, defense electronics, homeland security and other systems. As used in this report, “we,” “us,” “our,” “Endwave” and words of similar import refer to Endwave Corporation and, except where the context otherwise requires, its consolidated subsidiary, Endwave Defense Systems Incorporated (formerly JCA Technology, Inc.).

Most of our RF modules are deployed in telecommunication networks, including current and next-generation cellular networks, carrier class trunking networks and point-to-point transmission networks. Our target customers for these applications are telecommunication network original equipment manufacturers and systems integrators, collectively referred to in this report as telecom OEMs. Telecom OEMs provide the wireless equipment used by service providers to deliver voice, data and video services to businesses and consumers. Telecom OEMs that purchased our products accounted for 84% of our total revenues during 2006 and included Allgon Microwave AB, Nera ASA, Nokia, Siemens AG and Stratex Networks, Inc.

Our RF modules are also designed into various applications outside of the telecommunication network market, including defense electronics and homeland security systems. Our target customers in the defense electronics market include defense systems integrators and their subcontractors that design aerospace systems, defense systems, weapons and electronics platforms for domestic and foreign defense customers. Our target customers in the homeland security market include those utilizing the properties of high-frequency RF to create new systems designed to detect security threats. In this report, we refer to our target customers in the defense electronics and homeland security markets as defense and homeland security systems integrators. Revenues from this group of customers, including The Boeing Company, L-3 SafeView Inc., Lockheed Martin Corporation, Northrop Grumman Corporation and Raytheon Company, accounted for 16% of our total revenues in 2006.

Our high-frequency RF module designs can accommodate a wide range of component performance and assembly process variations, resulting in ease of manufacture and high test yields. These attributes, coupled with our automated test systems, allow us to use cost-effective, offshore contract manufacturers to assemble and test the majority of our products. Our RF modules are used typically in high-frequency applications and include integrated transceivers, amplifiers, synthesizers, oscillators, up and down converters, frequency multipliers and microwave switch arrays.

We were originally incorporated in California in 1991 and reincorporated in Delaware in 1995. In March 2000, we merged with TRW Milliwave Inc., a RF subsystem supplier that was a wholly-owned subsidiary of TRW Inc. In connection with the merger, we changed our name from Endgate Corporation to Endwave Corporation. On October 17, 2000, we successfully completed the initial public offering of our common stock.

Industry Background and Markets

High-Frequency RF Technology

The applications of RF technology are broad, extending from terrestrial AM radio at the low end of the frequency spectrum, which is less than 1 MHz (megahertz, or million cycles per second), to atmospheric monitoring applications at the high end of the frequency spectrum, which is around 100 GHz (gigahertz, or billion cycles per second). Our products employ microwave and millimeterwave technology. Microwave technology refers to technology for the transmission of signals at high frequencies, from approximately 1 GHz to approximately 20 GHz. Millimeterwave technology refers to technology for the transmission of signals at very high frequencies, from approximately 20 GHz to beyond 100 GHz. The term microwave, however, is commonly understood in the industries we serve, and we use that term in this report, as meaning both microwave and millimeterwave.

Our RF modules are typically designed to operate at frequencies between 5 GHz and 100 GHz, which we refer to in this report as high-frequency RF. Due to their physical attributes, high-frequency RF signals are well-suited for

applications in telecommunication networks requiring high data throughput, defense systems demanding advanced radar and communication capabilities and homeland security systems requiring detection, measurement and imaging capabilities not available by conventional means.

Telecommunication Networks

Applications of High-Frequency RF Technologies in Telecommunication Networks. High-frequency transceiver modules are an integral part of microwave radios, which in turn play a key role in many telecommunication networks. Microwave radio links have a number of applications:

Cellular Backhaul. The communication link between the cellular base station site and a mobile telephone switching office, or MTSO, is referred to as cellular backhaul. This is currently the largest use of microwave radios. In most parts of the world, cellular backhaul is typically accomplished through the use of microwave radios either because of their ease of deployment and low overall cost relative to available wireline options or because adequate wireline facilities are not available. In the United States and Canada, cellular backhaul has been typically accomplished through the use of high-speed telephone lines because low-cost wireline facilities are readily available.

Carrier Class Trunking. Communications carriers require high capacity links between major voice and data switching centers, referred to as trunk circuits, to deploy their networks. While fiber optic cables are the most common type of trunk circuit facility, microwave radios are often used for portions of these circuits when the intervening terrain, such as mountains or bodies of water, is difficult to traverse or alternatively as redundant backup for the fiber optic network.

Private Voice and Data Networks. When private users, such as companies and universities, deploy stand-alone campus area or metropolitan area voice and data networks, they often encounter situations where it is not possible to access a direct physical path between their facilities due to distance or intervening structures and roads. If third-party wireline facilities are not available or cost-effective, a microwave radio link is often used to provide the network connection. In addition, companies often implement microwave facilities as redundant backup for their wireline facilities.

Increased Demand for Microwave Radios in Telecommunication Networks. We believe the demand for microwave radios and the transceiver modules used to build them is increasing. As service providers deploy more cellular base stations to serve their growing subscriber base and upgrade existing facilities, they will require more microwave radio links for cellular backhaul. We believe this projected increased demand is driven by several trends within the telecommunications industry:

Growth of Wireless Telephony in Developing Nations. Developing nations, such as Brazil, Russia, India and China, have experienced a dramatic increase in wireless cellular telephony over the past few years. We expect that this growth will result in increased demand for microwave backhaul radios because these countries lack well-established wireline infrastructures.

Increase in Data-Intensive Cellular Traffic. Data-intensive “2.5G” applications, such as sending email, transmitting digital images from camera-equipped cellular telephones and downloading music and ring tones, are gaining popularity. The increased use of these data-intensive applications is dramatically increasing the volume of backhaul traffic as compared to voice-only services, necessitating additional high-speed backhaul capacity. In locations where microwave radios currently fulfill the backhaul requirements, this increased demand will necessitate equipment upgrades or replacements. Where cellular backhaul is currently provided by wireline solutions, such as in the United States and Canada, these higher capacity requirements can make microwave radio backhaul solutions more cost-effective than wireline solutions because the incremental cost of added wireline capacity will, in some deployments, exceed the amortization cost of wireless solutions. In addition, adequate wireline solutions may not be available due to their technical limitations.

Deployment of Third-Generation Networks. Telecom OEMs and service providers are deploying cellular systems known as third generation, or “3G,” networks. We believe the deployment of these 3G networks will require a proportionately larger number of microwave radios. These networks support

many data-intensive services, such as internet access via cellular phone or personal digital assistant, which require an even greater backhaul capacity than the current 2.5G applications noted above. We believe 3G networks will have a compounding effect on cellular backhaul needs because more base stations and more backhaul capacity per base station must be deployed in order to provide the required bandwidth and still maintain quality of service. As the density of base stations increases, we expect there will be a shift to higher frequency backhaul to support more efficient re-use of the available wireless spectrum.

Introduction of Other High Capacity Data-Only Telecommunication Networks. We believe the introduction of fixed wireless access data networks will also increase demand for microwave radios. Various approaches are being considered for the widespread implementation of fixed wireless access networks, including the IEEE 802.16 WiMAX standard. WiMAX is supported by a large industry consortium, which includes market leaders such as Alcatel-Lucent, Cisco Systems, Inc., Ericsson, Intel Corporation, Microsoft Corporation, Motorola, Inc., Nera ASA, Nokia, Siemens AG and ZTE Corporation. Such fixed wireless access networks will, like cellular telephone networks, face the technological and cost issues associated with connecting individual access points to the wireline network infrastructure. This need for backhaul represents an opportunity for microwave radios, particularly because the anticipated high bandwidth requirements of fixed wireless access networks are served more cost-effectively by microwave radios than wireline alternatives.

Defense Electronics

High-frequency RF modules are an integral part of various defense electronics systems. Key applications in this market include:

Electronic Warfare Systems. Most military aircraft are equipped with systems designed to detect if they have been targeted by an opposing force’s weapons system, and are often equipped with electronic countermeasures that jam the targeting radar. These systems employ a variety of high-frequency RF modules.

Radar Systems. RF modules are used in traditional radar systems to detect large objects at significant distances. In addition, many new weapons systems employ complementary sophisticated radar systems designed to detect small vehicles and combat personnel. These new systems often use higher frequencies in order to provide greater resolution. A further use of high frequency radar is airborne vision equipment that allows pilots to see through low-lying haze and dust much in the same way night vision goggles permit one to see in the dark.

Intelligent Battlefield Systems. The United States military has initiated an effort called the “intelligent battlefield” with the goal of providing the military with comprehensive, real-time information about the situation on the battlefield. Intelligent battlefield systems aggregate data from multiple radar and video sources that survey the battlefield and relay information nearly instantaneously to battlefield commanders. Such systems require high-bandwidth communication capabilities similar to those found in commercial telecommunication systems.

High Capacity Communications. A modern, widely-dispersed military force requires communication systems for voice, video and data wherever and whenever it is needed. Many military communication systems, whether terrestrial, airborne or satellite, employ microwave technology to meet these requirements. As the data rates in these systems increase, the systems must be able to operate at higher frequencies to take advantage of the bandwidth that is available in those frequencies.

For these reasons, as well as the United States military’s concentration on upgrading existing electronic platforms rather than building new platforms, demand for high-frequency RF modules in the defense electronics market is growing.

Homeland Security Systems

The global escalation of terrorist and insurgency threats is resulting in increased governmental and private concern over providing adequate security measures. Many existing security systems and personnel screening

techniques are inadequate to address these increasing concerns. The need for new, more capable systems has accelerated security system development. Because of their physical properties, high-frequency RF signals can be used in various detection and imaging systems applied to threats of violence. For example:

Advanced Personnel Screening Portals. The human body reflects certain high-frequency RF signals. As a result, high-frequency RF signals can be used in advanced personnel screening portals that generate images showing weapons, including plastic explosives or ceramic knives, which are not detectable with conventional metal detection portals. These systems can operate very quickly and safely, permitting a highly efficient and low-cost screening operation.

Long Distance Personnel Detection. High-frequency RF signals can be used to detect the presence of humans at significant distances, much in the same way lower frequency radar systems can detect metal objects at a distance. This phenomenon can be employed as a radar fence to detect intrusion along lengthy security perimeters such as airport runways, military bases and international borders.

We believe that the growth of these new security markets for RF modules may prove significant.

Our Opportunity

Historically, when telecom OEMs and defense electronics and homeland security systems integrators incorporated high-frequency RF modules into their products, they designed and manufactured them internally. However, faced with the need to generate greater cost efficiencies and technological innovations with fewer resources, we believe these telecom OEMs and systems integrators are increasingly looking to merchant suppliers for these items.

We have observed a trend of increasing use of merchant suppliers in the telecommunication network market. Of the top 15 microwave radio manufacturers that collectively represent over 95% of the microwave radio unit volume worldwide, 13 use merchant suppliers for all or some of their transceiver modules, with the use of merchant suppliers increasing. We believe that outside sourcing using merchant suppliers represents approximately one half of total unit volume. We believe the same dynamic will also occur in the defense electronics and homeland security markets.

We believe there are several key characteristics that telecom OEMs and defense and homeland security systems integrators value in a potential supply partner of high-frequency RF modules:

Low Cost. Telecom OEMs and defense and homeland security systems integrators are under increasing pricing pressure from their customers so they expect effective cost-reduction programs from their merchant suppliers. These cost-reduction programs require merchant suppliers to make a comprehensive effort at multiple levels, including the integration of multiple functions, efficient manufacturing, effective supply chain management, streamlined life cycle support and use of low-cost sub-contractors, as appropriate.

Technical Depth. Telecom OEMs and systems integrators seek merchant suppliers of RF modules that have significant experience in and understanding of the overall system design. This depth and breadth of understanding is crucial to determining appropriate overall system level tradeoffs and in providing advice to the telecom OEM or system integrator, thereby enabling the OEM or system integrator to design and deploy its systems more cost-effectively.

Flexible Production. Volatility of demand is common in the market for RF modules, especially in the telecommunication network market. Therefore, these OEMs and systems integrators need merchant suppliers that can accommodate fluctuations in the demand, whether in mix or quantity, in the normal course of business and can flexibly scale their manufacturing to match the fluctuating demands of the OEM or systems integrator.

Innovative Technology. New technology is the key to providing enhanced performance and continued cost reduction. These OEMs and systems integrators value this capability and therefore prefer partners that create new technologies offering additional functionality, higher reliability, lower cost and better performance.

We believe that few merchant suppliers comprehensively address all of these requirements. Many of the merchant suppliers that populate the industry are small and lack the requisite operational strength and technical

capability to address these needs. Many merchant suppliers use labor-intensive circuit manufacturing and test methods that limit their ability to produce high-frequency RF modules in high volume and at a low cost. Others have limited in-house RF design expertise and rely on third parties for their circuit designs. Fewer yet provide new technologies to the industry.

Our Strengths

We are a provider of high-frequency RF modules to telecom OEMs and defense and homeland security systems integrators. We believe we possess several key strengths that enable us to provide our customers with superior products and services. These strengths include:

Cost-Effective Volume Manufacturing. Our high unit volumes enable us to achieve lower manufacturing costs than many of our competitors as we increase our materials purchasing power, amortize our overhead expenses over a larger number of units and gain labor efficiencies. The combination of our proprietary semiconductor components and technology, our ability to design highly-manufacturable products and our automated testing capability differentiate us from the labor-intensive methods often used in our industry. We contract with third-party, offshore manufacturers for added cost savings.

Depth and Breadth of Technical Expertise. We have extensive experience in the design and manufacture of high-frequency RF modules for a broad range of products. Our body of intellectual property and a highly-skilled technical team are critical when dealing with the higher frequencies required by emerging applications. Our technical team has broad expertise in device physics, semiconductor device and circuit design, system engineering, test engineering and other critical disciplines. In addition, our large library of proprietary circuit designs enables us to introduce new products rapidly and cost-effectively. We believe the depth and breadth of our technical expertise differentiates us from many of our competitors, enabling us to optimize our products for critical performance factors and to assist our customers in developing an optimal overall design.

Scalable and Flexible Manufacturing. Our use of third-party contract manufacturing and innovative supply chain management techniques enables us to adjust rapidly, efficiently and flexibly to our customers’ varying quantity and product mix requirements, which are often created by unexpected needs and seasonal variations in demand.

Next-Generation Technology. We have invested in the development of next-generation circuit and packaging technologies that allow us to provide our customers with high-performance and low-cost solutions. Many of our competitors do not have the capability to produce proprietary circuit designs and therefore are limited to using standard, commercially-available semiconductor devices. We are able to develop new semiconductor devices on a custom basis to optimize the overall product or subsystem design. We have augmented our circuit design capabilities with advancements in circuit packaging that allow further enhancement of the design. This gives us the flexibility to optimize our product designs for our customers and their specific applications.

Our Strategy

Our objective is to be the leading merchant supplier of high-frequency RF modules. Our strategies to achieve that objective focus on revenue growth, manufacturing efficiency and flexibility and technical breadth and strength:

Revenue Growth

Increase our Telecommunication Network Business. We have long-standing customer relationships with many major telecom OEMs. We intend to use our customer base and track record, in conjunction with our low-cost manufacturing expertise, to increase our revenues. For a customer’s new designs, we intend to capture their business by designing and manufacturing new transceiver modules. However, if a customer is already producing a transceiver in-house, we intend to capture this additional business by taking over the production of their transceiver module designs and moving the production to our offshore contract manufacturing facilities where we can lower production costs by using our innovative supply chain management techniques. When economically justified, we also plan to redesign our customers’ existing transceivers to lower costs further. While some of these existing

customer designs may have lower profit margins, we believe that capturing this added volume helps to absorb fixed manufacturing costs and will improve our position in the future. In this market, we also intend to generate additional revenues by offering both new product lines and frequencies.

Expand into New Growth Markets. While our core market historically has been the telecommunication network market, we intend to leverage our high-frequency RF module expertise to expand in new growth markets, such as defense electronics and homeland security systems, to increase revenues and diversify our customer base. In 2006, revenues from defense and homeland security systems integrators accounted for 16% of our total revenues. We believe we are well positioned to take advantage of these markets as high-frequency RF modules become a more integral component of defense electronics and homeland security systems.

Grow through Acquisitions. Since our initial public offering in October 2000, we have acquired and integrated five businesses or product lines. As a result of these transactions, we have increased our revenues and market share, broadened our product portfolio, diversified our customer base, gained expertise outside our core telecommunication network market and added key members to our staff. We believe the consolidation of high-frequency RF module suppliers will continue and will provide us additional opportunities for attractive acquisitions. It is our intent to continue to pursue strategic acquisitions that will further strengthen our competitive position and revenue growth as appropriate.

Offer the Highest Level of Manufacturing Efficiency and Flexibility

Continually Improve Manufacturing Efficiency. The manufacturability of our designs, our automated test processes and our continuing improvement efforts have enabled us to bring labor-saving manufacturing technologies to an industry that has historically used labor-intensive manufacturing techniques. We intend to continue to improve our lean manufacturing methods and further enhance our manufacturing expertise. This will be particularly important for our high mix product line, primarily manufactured in our Diamond Springs facility.

Outsource to Low-Cost, Contract Manufacturers. In 2002, we began moving most of our high-volume manufacturing to Hana Microelectronics Co., Ltd., or HANA, in Thailand, a low-cost, offshore contract manufacturer. We consign raw materials to HANA, as well as provide the specialized assembly and test equipment needed to manufacture our products. HANA provides the direct labor to assemble and test our products. Our readily manufacturable designs, which can tolerate a wide range of component performance and assembly process variations, and our automated production test systems enabled this successful transition to offshore contract manufacturing. The portion of our product revenues attributable to products manufactured offshore increased from approximately 8% in 2002 to over 80% in 2006. This transition has significantly improved our product margins and converted many of our fixed costs into variable costs. This conversion of our cost structure enables us to adjust costs flexibly in response to changing customer demand. We intend to continue to use contract manufacturers to enable us to respond flexibly to changing customer demands and the seasonality of our business.

Reduce Raw Materials and Component Costs. The costs of raw materials and components employed in high-frequency RF modules are a major part of the overall manufacturing cost. We have reduced the cost of these components by re-designing them, leveraging our purchasing power and selecting more cost-effective suppliers. As an outgrowth of our operational presence in Asia, we continue to identify low-cost, high-quality Asian-based suppliers for several of the raw materials and components used in our products.

Employ a Fabless Semiconductor Model. Semiconductors are both a critical technical element and a major cost component of our products. Since our inception, we have focused on producing high-frequency RF modules based on internally-designed semiconductors processed by third-party semiconductor fabrication facilities, or foundries. Our use of third-party foundries gives us the flexibility to use the process technology and materials best suited for each application, allows us to leverage our purchasing power and eliminates the need for us to invest in and maintain our own foundries. We intend to continue to use third-party semiconductor foundries, particularly as we introduce new products incorporating more advanced semiconductor materials.

Leverage Technical Breadth and Strength

Broaden our Product Portfolio. We are enlarging the scope of our product offerings by expanding the frequency ranges in which our products are designed to operate and by extending the type of applications we support. This allows us to address a broader range of applications in our customers’ systems and further expands our market opportunities.

Develop New Circuit and Packaging Technologies. A key component of our value proposition is providing our customers with powerful and cost-effective technologies that offer them a major technical and economic advantage. We have developed and maintain a strong base of high-frequency RF technology supported by an experienced design team, a large library of circuit designs, extensive proprietary know-how and a large portfolio of patents. Our efforts to create and acquire new technology led to four new patents issued during 2006, bringing our total issued United States patents to 42 and our total issued foreign patents to 13. We intend to continue to invest in research and development, maintain a team of talented engineers and scientists, and build on our manufacturing technologies. To that end, we have introduced a proprietary circuit technology known as Multilithic Microsystems, or MLMS, and a proprietary circuit packaging technology called Epsilon, both of which reduce the cost of producing our products and improve technical performance.

Products and Technology

Products

Our RF modules are used typically in high-frequency applications and include integrated transceivers, amplifiers, synthesizers, oscillators, up and down converters, frequency multipliers and microwave switch arrays. Depending upon the requirements of our customers, we supply our products at the following levels of integration:

Single-Function Modules. Single-function modules are simple, standardized products that perform a single function, such as amplification, frequency multiplication or signal mixing. We employ these modules in the design of prototype or low production volume systems that do not warrant the development of a custom, fully-integrated module.

Multi-Function Modules. Multi-function modules are customized, complex products that combine a number of individual functional elements into a single package. These modules are typically more cost-effective for higher-volume applications and provide greater reliability and performance than systems assembled by the customer using single-function RF modules.

Integrated Subsystem Modules. Integrated subsystem modules combine several functional RF blocks, such as amplifiers, switches or oscillators, with various types of control and support circuitry, such as a microprocessor or a power supply, to form a stand-alone subsystem. These complex subsystem modules, such as those we supply to Nokia, combine RF capability with sophisticated analog and digital system interface capabilities.

Circuit Technologies

In high-frequency RF modules, the choice and implementation of the basic circuit technology determine the performance, cost and manufacturability of the product. Currently, most of our products employ one of two alternate technologies, either hybrid microwave integrated circuit, or HMIC, technology or monolithic microwave integrated circuit, or MMIC, technology. In each case, we apply our circuit design capabilities to develop custom circuits that are optimized for cost, performance and manufacturability. All of our products manufactured at HANA employ MMIC technology. We have advanced the design of our HMIC and MMIC circuits significantly and have benefited from those advancements in reduced costs and higher production yields. Multilithic Microsystem technology, or MLMS, is a proprietary next generation circuit technology, that we believe significantly reduces costs and allows improved performance.

The following table compares various characteristics and our assessment of the relative merits of these three distinct circuit technologies:


	Circuit Technologies

	HMIC	MMIC	MLMS

Description	Individual devices bonded to a substrate and then interconnected with bond wires	Monolithic semiconductor substrate with patterned devices and interconnections	Individual devices flip chip attached using our patented flip chip assembly technology to a complex substrate

Module Design	Multiple circuits cascaded to form a functional block	Multiple circuits cascaded to form a functional block	Single substrate can form a complete “system on a chip” functional block

Substrate	Ceramic with single top layer metallization	Semiconductor material, typically gallium arsenide	Next generation, multi- layer substrate containing metal, capacitive and resistive layers

Active Devices	Individual RF devices attached to substrate	Devices patterned into various areas of the substrate; active device area is a small fraction of total substrate area	Individual RF devices especially designed for flip chip assembly

Application	Used for rapid prototyping and low volume production	Used for high volume automated or third-party assembly	Used for high volume automated or third-party assembly

Number of Bond Wires (which require manual tuning)	High — Often hundreds per module	Moderate — Often tens per module	Low — Often fewer than 10 per module

Performance	Variable — Units must be hand-tuned to required specifications and performance may be variable	Good — MMIC circuit designed for consistent performance, limited by substrate characteristics	Excellent — Very consistent performance due to lack of bond wires and improved substrate material

Design Difficulty	Moderate — The most flexible circuit technology for customizing RF performance; can be designed very quickly by us because of our large library of HMIC core elements	Difficult — Complete circuit and all interactions must be concurrently analyzed; complicated by sub- optimal substrate properties of semiconductor materials for interconnection and filter elements; single-substrate process must be used for all devices	Moderate — Multi-layer properties of substrate facilitate ease of design; layers optimized for their function

Relative Cost	High — Material costs are modest, but high assembly, test and rework labor costs	High — Material cost of large semiconductors is expensive	Moderate — Device and substrate costs are lower than MMICs; assembly process automated for lower labor costs than HMICs

Status	In production	In production	In early stages of commercial production

Circuit Packaging Technologies

In high-frequency RF modules, the circuit packaging technology also significantly impacts cost and performance. The majority of our current products employ planar packaging technology, especially our high-volume commercial products. To improve the performance and reduce the cost of packaging, we have developed our proprietary Epsilon packaging technology.

The following table compares current RF packaging technology with our new Epsilon packaging technology and our assessment of the relative merits of these two distinct circuit packaging technologies:


	Circuit Packaging Technologies

	Planar	Epsilon

Description	Circuit substrates mounted to metal carrier and then enclosed with metal cover; entire assembly mounted to conventional printed wiring board	Circuit substrates mounted directly to composite printed wiring board using ’chip on board’ approach and then enclosed with non-metallized plastic cover

Size and Weight	Metallic parts add significant thickness and weight	Significantly thinner and lighter than planar packages

Performance	Good — Good performance with adequate RF gasket sealr with interfaces to printed wiring board	Excellent — RF cavity sealed better than planar packages

Design Difficulty	Moderate — Requires separate design effort for carrier and cove	Low — Fewer elements to design and fewer mechanical interfaces to manage than planar packages

Manufacturability	Eight major assembly steps	Four major assembly steps

Relative Cost	Moderate — Material costs are significant	Low — Metal carrier eliminated and plastic cover is more cost-effective

Status	In production	In early stages of commercial production

Sales and Marketing

We focus on the global telecommunication network, defense electronics and homeland security markets. We sell our products through our direct sales efforts, which are supported by a network of domestic and international independent representatives. For each of our major customers, we assign a technical account manager, who has responsibility for developing and expanding our relationship with that customer. Our direct sales efforts are augmented by traditional marketing activities, including advertising, participation in industry associations and presence at major trade shows.

Customers

We sell our products primarily to telecom OEMs and defense and homeland security systems integrators. Our key customers, which accounted for approximately 90% of our total revenues in 2006, and the markets they served, were:


Telecommunication Network		Defense Electronics and Homeland Security

Allgon Microwave AB		The Boeing Company
Nera ASA		L-3 SafeView, Inc.
Nokia		Lockheed Martin Corporation
Siemens AG		Northrop Grumman Corporation
Stratex Networks, Inc.		Raytheon Company

Revenues from all of our telecom OEM customers comprised approximately 84% of our total revenues in 2006. While we intend to increase our revenues in the defense electronics and homeland security markets, we expect that the majority of our revenues will be attributable to a limited number of telecom OEMs for the foreseeable future. In 2006, revenues from Nera, Nokia and Siemens accounted for 14%, 42% and 23% of our total revenues, respectively.

The telecommunications industry has undergone significant consolidation in the past few years and we expect that consolidation to continue. The acquisition of one of our major customers in this market, or one of the communications service providers supplied by one of our major customers, could result in delays or cancellations of orders of our products and, accordingly, delays or reductions in our anticipated revenues and reduced profitability or increased net losses. In particular, Nokia and Siemens have announced plans to merge their telecommunication network businesses and the ongoing impact, if any, of this merger on our ongoing relationship with the combined company is uncertain.

Acquisitions

As part of our growth strategy, we have made acquisitions designed to increase revenues and gain market share. We have completed the following acquisitions since our initial public offering:



Acquisition	Structure	Key Benefits


JCA Technology, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of New Focus, Inc., a subsidiary of Bookham Technology plc — July 2004	Purchased all of the outstanding capital stock of JCA, whose primary product line was microwave amplifiers serving the defense electronics industry	• Provided significant market position in RF amplifiers and modules for defense and related applications • Expanded relationships with existing customers, including Raytheon Company, Lockheed Martin Corporation and BAE Systems plc • Added new customers, including Thales Group SA, L-3 Communications Corp. and Xicom Technology • Formed core of Endwave Defense Systems division

Verticom, Inc. — May 2003	Purchased assets including customer contracts, equipment, inventory, product designs and other intellectual property required to manufacture and supply YIG-based frequency synthesizers	• Enhanced high-performance oscillator technology • Added new customer relationship in the defense electronics market • Added new product application in the defense communication satellite terminal market

Arcom Wireless Incorporated, a subsidiary of Dover Corporation — February 2003	Purchased assets including customer contracts, equipment, inventory, product designs and other intellectual property required to manufacture and supply a 58 GHz integrated transceiver	• Expanded relationship with an existing customer • Enhanced market position as a leading supplier of 58 GHz products

Signal Technology Corp. Fixed Wireless Division — September 2002	Purchased assets including customer contracts, equipment, inventory, product designs and other intellectual property required to manufacture and supply several transceiver products	• Expanded relationships with existing customers including Stratex Networks, Inc. and Nera ASA • Added new customers including Siemens AG and Ceragon Networks Ltd. • Significantly increased our product portfolio • Facilitated move to offshore production

M/A-Com Tech, Inc., a subsidiary of Tyco Electronics formerly known as Stellex Microwave Systems — April 2001	Purchased assets including customer contracts, equipment, inventory, product designs and other intellectual property required to manufacture and supply yttrium iron garnet-based frequency synthesizers	• Added new product capabilities in high performance oscillators • Added new customer relationship with Stratex Networks, Inc. • Added new application in high capacity microwave radios

Competition

Among merchant suppliers in the telecommunication network market, we primarily compete with Compel srl, Filtronic plc, Microelectronics Technology Inc., Remec Broadband Wireless, Inc. and Teledyne Technologies Incorporated. In addition to these companies, there are telecom OEMs, such as Ericsson and NEC Corporation, that use their own captive resources for the design and manufacture of their own high-frequency RF transceiver modules, rather than use merchant suppliers like us. We believe that approximately one half of the high-frequency RF transceiver modules manufactured today are being produced by these captive resources. To the extent that telecom OEMs presently, or may in the future, produce their own RF transceiver modules, we lose the opportunity to gain a customer and related sales. Conversely, if they should decide to outsource their requirements, this may significantly expand the market available to us. In the defense electronics and homeland security markets, we primarily compete with Aeroflex Incorporated, AML Communications Inc., Chelton, Ltd., CTT Inc., Herley Industries, Inc., KMIC Technology, Inc., M/A-Com Inc., Miteq Inc. and Teledyne Technologies Incorporated.

We believe that the principal competitive factors in our industry are:


	•	Product pricing and the ability to offer low-cost solutions;

	•	Technical leadership and product performance;

	•	Product breadth;

	•	Time-to-market in the design and manufacturing of products; and

	•	Logistical flexibility, manufacturing capability and scalable capacity.

Research and Development

Our research efforts focus on developing new proprietary circuit and packaging technologies, such as MLMS and Epsilon, and integrating our technology into new semiconductor materials, such as indium gallium phosphide and silicon germanium. Our product development activities focus on designing products to meet specific customer and market needs and introducing these products to manufacturing. Our technical approach emphasizes the following capabilities:

Custom Semiconductor Design Capabilities. Our ability to design custom semiconductors allows us to optimize and reduce the cost of designs beyond what is possible with standard, off-the-shelf semiconductors.

Breadth of Expertise. We are experienced in a broad range of technical disciplines and possess the know-how to design products at multiple levels of integration.

Computer Modeling Capabilities. Our extensive computer modeling capabilities allow us to create designs quickly and to minimize the number of iterations required to develop specification compliant, cost-effective designs.

Extensive Library of Circuit Designs. Our extensive library of circuit, module and subsystem designs enables us to generate new designs and produce prototypes quickly to meet our customers’ time-to-market demands.

Automated Testing Processes. High-frequency RF products require extensive testing after assembly to verify compliance with customer specifications. We use high speed, custom-designed, automated test sets that are capable of rapidly testing a complete RF module. This increases throughput in the manufacturing process and reduces the skill level required to conduct the tests. Concurrently with the development of these test methods, we develop data analysis and reporting tools to facilitate rapid communication of test data to our customers.

Our research and development and related engineering expenses were $5.0 million, $6.5 million and $8.9 million in 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively. The increase in 2006 spending as compared to 2005 was due primarily to an increase of $1.1 million in project-related expenses and an increase of $1.1 million in personnel-related expenses and stock-based compensation, as we increased our investment in development projects in both our telecommunication and defense electronics and homeland security related businesses. The increase in 2005

spending as compared to 2004 was attributable to the increase in personnel-related expenses of $815,000 primarily related to increases in our engineering personnel and a full year of JCA personnel-related expenses and increased project-related expenses of $307,000 to support higher development fee revenues.

Patents and Intellectual Property Rights

Our success depends, in part, on our ability to protect our intellectual property. We rely primarily on a combination of patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret laws to protect our proprietary technologies and processes. As of December 31, 2006, we had 42 United States patents issued, many with associated foreign filings and patents. Our issued patents include those relating to basic circuit and device designs, semiconductors, MLMS technology and system designs. Our issued United States patents expire between 2007 and 2024. We do not anticipate the impact of the expiration of patents over the near term to have a significant impact on our research and development or operations. We also license technology from other companies, including Northrop Grumman Corporation. There are no limitations on our rights to make, use or sell products we may develop in the future using the technology licensed to us by Northrop Grumman Corporation.

We maintain a vigorous technology development program that routinely generates potentially patentable intellectual property. Our decisions as to whether to seek formal patent protection and the countries in which to seek it are taken on a patent by patent basis and are based on the economic value of the intellectual property, the anticipated strength of the resulting patent, the cost of pursuing the patent and an assessment of using a patent as a strategy to protect the intellectual property. With regard to our pending patent applications, it is possible that no patents may be issued as a result of these or any future applications or the allowed patent claims may be of reduced value and importance. Further, any existing or future patents may be challenged, invalidated or circumvented thus reducing or eliminating their commercial value.

Operations

We currently have our products manufactured in two locations. Domestically, we operate a plant in Diamond Springs, California for those products that are being produced in low volumes or for defense electronics applications. Products made for defense electronics applications generally must be manufactured within the United States due to government regulations. Most of our products are manufactured in Thailand by HANA, a contract manufacturer. Under our manufacturing contract, HANA supplies the physical plant, direct labor, basic assembly equipment and warehousing functions. We supplement those activities with our own full-time, in-country staff consisting of 15 people who provide production planning, process engineering, test engineering, product support, design engineering and quality assurance support. We own certain assets held securely in HANA’s factory, including specialized test and assembly equipment and various raw material and product inventories. Our arrangement with HANA allows us to reduce our labor and facility expenses while maintaining tight control of process and quality. To reduce our costs further, we have identified lower cost Asian sources for various raw materials, especially basic metal and circuit board components. Our manufacturing agreement with HANA currently expires in October 2008, but will renew automatically for successive one-year periods unless either party notifies the other of its desire to terminate the agreement at least one year prior to the expiration of the term. In addition, either party may terminate the agreement without cause upon 365 days prior written notice to the other party, and either party may terminate the agreement if the non-terminating party is in material breach and does not cure the breach within 30 days after notice of the breach is given by the terminating party. There can be no guarantee that HANA will not seek to terminate its agreement with us.

We design custom semiconductor devices. However, we do not own or operate a semiconductor foundry and rely on a limited number of third parties to produce these components. Our use of various third-party semiconductor foundries gives us the flexibility to use the process technology that is best suited for each application and eliminates the need for us to invest in and maintain our own semiconductor facilities. Our primary semiconductor foundry is Velocium, a business unit of Northrop Grumman Space Mission & Systems Corp. and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Northrop Grumman Corporation. In this report, we refer to the Northrop Grumman Space & Mission Systems Corp. foundry by its trade name, Velocium. Velocium produced approximately 50%, in economic value terms, of our semiconductors in 2006. We also use other suppliers for some of our products. The loss of our relationship with or our access to any of the semiconductor foundries we currently use, particularly Velocium, and any resulting delay or reduction in the supply of semiconductor devices to us, would severely impact our ability to fulfill customer orders and could damage our relationships with our customers. Our current supply agreement with Velocium expires in September 2008. Should the services of a given foundry become unavailable to us, we estimate that it may take up to six months to shift production to a new foundry.

All of the manufacturing facilities we use worldwide are registered under ISO 9001-2000, an international certification standard of quality for design, development and business practices. Additionally, we are certified under AS-9100 in support of our defense and homeland security activities. We maintain comprehensive quality systems at all of these facilities to ensure compliance with customer specifications, configuration control, documentation control and supplier quality conformance.

We maintain raw materials and work-in-process inventory at both our Diamond Springs plant and in Thailand at HANA’s plant. We also maintain finished goods inventory on consignment at or near the manufacturing plants of certain key telecommunication customers. In order to maintain and enhance our competitive position, we must be able to satisfy our customers’ short lead-times and rapidly-changing needs. As a result of these challenges, we have significantly increased our raw materials inventory and added more finished products to our key customers’ consignment stocks so that they will be better-positioned to meet their own customers’ demand. These increases in raw materials and finished goods have significantly increased our working capital needs and may further increase our capital needs in the future.

Backlog

Our order backlog consists of a combination of conventional purchase orders and formal forecasts given to us under annual and multi-year frame agreements. Typically, the forecast portion of the backlog is the significantly larger amount. The forecasts we receive normally have a firm commitment portion of one to three months in duration that obligate the customer to accept at least some portion of the amount forecasted for that period, with the remainder of the forecast including no such obligation. These forecasts are subject to change on a regular basis and we have experienced significant forecast variations in both unit volumes and product mix. As a result, we believe that backlog is not a reliable indicator of future revenues.

Our backlog at February 16, 2007 for shipments expected to occur through December 31, 2007 was approximately $52.0 million. By comparison, our backlog as of March 1, 2006 for shipments then expected to occur by December 31, 2006 was $56.6 million.

Governmental Regulation

Government regulations directly affect our business in two principal ways. In our telecommunication network market, the frequencies at which wireless systems transmit and receive data are dictated by government licensing agencies in the location where they are deployed. Unexpected difficulties in obtaining licenses or changes in the operating frequencies allowed can halt or delay microwave radio deployments and therefore halt or delay the need for our products. Both national and international regulatory bodies have set stringent standards on the performance of microwave radios, especially spurious emissions and their potential to cause interference in other systems. Meeting these regulations is technologically challenging and changes in the regulations could require a re-design of our products to achieve compliance.

In our defense electronics market, some of the products we supply to our foreign customers are controlled by United States government export regulations promulgated by the Departments of State, Commerce and Defense.

Prior to shipment of these products, we must apply for various approvals and licenses. This application process can be lengthy and approval is not assured. If we do not receive approval or the approval is delayed, it can halt or delay our shipments. Further, our products for defense electronics applications generally must be manufactured within the United States due to government regulations.

Seasonality

In the past, our operating results have reflected lower revenues in the first and third calendar quarters due to seasonality in the telecommunication network market. Revenues attributable to telecom OEMs typically have contracted in the first quarter due to delays in purchasing resulting from wireless carriers’ budgeting processes. The third quarter generally has been slow in our telecommunication network market as many of our European telecom OEM customers shut down their factories for a portion of the summer months. The fourth quarter historically has been our strongest quarter as the wireless carriers expend their remaining capital budgets for the year. However, we did not experience this seasonality in 2005 or 2006, and we cannot be certain what seasonal factors, if any, will impact our revenues in the future or the extent of such potential fluctuations.

Employees

As of December 31, 2006, we had 151 full-time employees, including 77 in manufacturing, 39 in product and process engineering, 16 in sales and marketing and 19 in general and administrative. Our employees are not subject to any collective bargaining agreement with us and we believe that our relations with our employees are good.

Available Information

Our principal executive offices are located at 130 Baytech Drive, San Jose, CA 95134, our main telephone number is (408) 522-3100. Our Internet address is www.endwave.com. We make available free of charge through our website our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC.

The public may read and copy any material we file with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington D.C., 20549. The public may obtain information on the operations of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains an Internet site, http://www.sec.gov, that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC.


Item 1A.	*Risk Factors*

You should consider carefully the following risk factors as well as other information in this report before investing in any of our securities. If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, operating results and financial condition could be adversely affected. This could cause the market price of our common stock to decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Relating to Our Business

We have had a history of losses and may not be profitable in the future.

We have had a history of losses. We had a net loss of $1.3 million in 2006. We also had net losses of $4.4 million and $874,000 for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005, respectively. There is no guarantee that we will achieve or maintain profitability in the future.

We depend on a small number of key customers in the telecommunications industry for a large portion of our revenues. If we lose any of our major customers, particularly Nera, Nokia or Siemens, or there is any material reduction in orders for our products from any of these customers, our business, financial condition and results of operations would be adversely affected.

We depend, and expect to continue to depend, on a relatively small number of telecom OEMs for a large portion of our revenues. The loss of any of our major customers, particularly Nera, Nokia or Siemens, or any material reduction in orders from any such customers, would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In 2004, 2005 and 2006, revenues from Nokia accounted for 55%, 47% and 42% of our total revenues, respectively. Revenues from Siemens accounted for 16% and 23% of our total revenues for 2005 and 2006, respectively. Revenues from Nera ASA accounted for 10%, 10% and 14% of our total revenues for 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively. We had no other customers individually representing more than 10% of our total revenues for 2004, 2005 or 2006.

Nokia and Siemens have announced plans to merge their telecommunication network businesses and the ongoing impact, if any, of this merger on our ongoing relationship with the combined company is uncertain. During the fourth quarter of 2006, we experienced a decrease in revenues from Nokia as they decreased their inventory of our products in anticipation of the closing of the merger. The closing of the merger has been delayed and we may experience revenue fluctuations as a result of this merger in 2007.

We depend on the telecommunications industry for most of our revenues. If this industry suffers another downturn or fails to grow as anticipated, our revenues could decrease and our profitability could suffer. In addition, consolidation in this industry could result in delays or cancellations of orders for our products, adversely impacting our results of operations.

We depend, and expect to remain dependent, on the telecommunications industry for most of our revenues. Revenues from all of our telecom OEM customers comprised 84% of our total revenues in 2006 and 80% of our total revenues in 2005.

The telecommunications industry suffered a significant worldwide downturn beginning in 2000. In connection with this downturn, there were worldwide reductions in telecommunication network projects that resulted in the loss of some of our key customers and reduced revenues from our remaining customers. We also were forced to undertake significant cost reduction measures as a result. The telecommunications industry has begun to grow again, but at a more measured rate than in the 1990s. Our revenues are dependent, in part, on growth of wireless telephony particularly in developing countries, increasing data-intensive cellular traffic, deployment of third-generation, or “3G,” networks and the introduction of other high capacity data-only telecommunication networks. If similar downturns reoccur, or if the telecommunications industry fails to grow as we anticipate, our revenues may remain flat or decrease. Significantly lower revenues would likely force us to make provisions for excess inventory and abandoned or obsolete equipment and reduce our operating expenses. To reduce our operating expenses, we could be required to reduce the size of our workforce and consolidate facilities. We cannot guarantee that we would be able to reduce operating expenses to a level commensurate with the lower revenues resulting from such an industry downturn.

Our future success depends in part on our ability to further penetrate into new markets, such as defense electronics and homeland security, and we may be unable to do so.

Historically, a large majority of our revenues have been attributable to sales of our RF modules to telecom OEMs such as Nokia. Part of our growth strategy is to design and sell high-frequency RF modules for and to OEMs

and systems integrators in new markets, particularly defense electronics and homeland security. To date, only a modest percentage of our revenues have been attributable to sales of RF modules to defense systems integrators. We have only recently begun to design and sell products for the recently emerging homeland security market. The potential size of this market is unclear and we cannot predict how the market will evolve. If increased demand for high-frequency RF modules in the defense electronics and homeland security markets does not materialize, or if we fail to secure new design wins in these markets or if we are unable to design readily manufacturable products for these new markets, our growth and revenues could be adversely impacted, thereby decreasing our profitability or increasing our net losses.

Our operating results may be adversely affected by substantial quarterly and annual fluctuations and market downturns.

Our revenues, earnings and other operating results have fluctuated in the past and our revenues, earnings and other operating results may fluctuate in the future. These fluctuations are due to a number of factors, many of which are beyond our control. These factors include, among others, overall growth in the telecommunications market, U.S. export law changes, changes in customer order patterns, availability of components from our suppliers, the gain or loss of a significant customer, changes in our product mix, and market acceptance of our products and our customers’ products. These factors are difficult to forecast, and these, as well as other factors, could materially and adversely affect our quarterly or annual operating results.

Because of the shortages of some components and our dependence on single source suppliers and custom components, we may be unable to obtain an adequate supply of components of sufficient quality in a timely fashion, or we may be required to pay higher prices or to purchase components of lesser quality.

Many of our products are customized and must be qualified with our customers. This means that we cannot change components in our products easily without the risks and delays associated with requalification. Accordingly, while a number of the components we use in our products are made by multiple suppliers, we may effectively have single source suppliers for some of these components.

In addition, we currently purchase a number of components, some from single source suppliers, including, but not limited to:


	•	semiconductor devices;

	•	application-specific monolithic microwave integrated circuits;

	•	voltage-controlled oscillators;

	•	voltage regulators;

	•	surface mount components compliant with the EU’s Restriction of Hazardous Substances, or RoHS, Directive;

	•	high-frequency circuit boards;

	•	custom connectors;

	•	electromagnetic housings;

	•	yttrium iron garnet components; and

	•	magnetic components.

Any delay or interruption in the supply of these or other components could impair our ability to manufacture and deliver our products, harm our reputation and cause a reduction in our revenues. In addition, any increase in the cost of the components that we use in our products could make our products less competitive and lower our margins. In the past, we suffered from shortages of and quality issues with various components, including voltage-controlled oscillators, voltage regulators, metal enclosures and certain high-frequency circuit boards. These shortages and quality issues adversely impacted our product revenues and could reappear in the future. Our single source suppliers could enter into exclusive agreements with or be acquired by one of our competitors, increase their prices, refuse to

sell their products to us, discontinue products or go out of business. Even to the extent alternative suppliers are available to us and their components are qualified with our customers on a timely basis, identifying them and entering into arrangements with them may be difficult and time consuming, and they may not meet our quality standards. We may not be able to obtain sufficient quantities of required components on the same or substantially the same terms.

Our cash requirements will be impacted by our need to increase inventories.

As part of our expansion in the telecommunications market and our increased emphasis on the defense electronics and homeland security markets, we have significantly increased the number of our products during recent fiscal years. The products we manufacture require hundreds to thousands of components obtained from a wide variety of suppliers and we have faced component shortages and quality issues from our suppliers from time to time. In addition, in order to maintain and enhance our competitive position, we must be able to satisfy our customers’ short lead-times and rapidly-changing needs. As a result of these challenges, we have significantly increased our raw materials inventory and added more finished products to our key customers’ consignment stocks so that they will be better-positioned to meet their own customers’ demand. These increases in raw materials and finished goods have significantly increased our working capital needs and may further increase our capital needs in the future.

We rely heavily on a Thailand facility of HANA Microelectronics Co., Ltd., a contract manufacturer, to produce our RF modules. If HANA is unable to produce these modules in sufficient quantities or with adequate quality, or it chooses to terminate our manufacturing arrangement, we will be forced to find an alternative manufacturer and may not be able to fulfill our production commitments to our customers, which could cause sales to be delayed or lost and could harm our reputation.

We outsource the assembly and testing of most of our telecommunication related products to a Thailand facility of HANA Microelectronics Co., Ltd., or HANA, a contract manufacturer. We plan to continue this arrangement as a key element of our operating strategy. If HANA does not provide us with high quality products and services in a timely manner, terminates its relationship with us, or is unable to produce our products due to financial difficulties or political instability we may be unable to obtain a satisfactory replacement to fulfill customer orders on a timely basis. In the event of an interruption of supply from HANA, sales of our products could be delayed or lost and our reputation could be harmed. Our latest manufacturing agreement with HANA expires in October 2008, but will renew automatically for successive one-year periods unless either party notifies the other of its desire to terminate the agreement at least one year prior to the expiration of the term. In addition, either party may terminate the agreement without cause upon 365 days prior written notice to the other party, and either party may terminate the agreement if the non-terminating party is in material breach and does not cure the breach within 30 days after notice of the breach is given by the terminating party. There can be no guarantee that HANA will not seek to terminate its agreement with us.

We rely on Velocium and other third-party semiconductor foundries to manufacture the semiconductors contained in our products. The loss of our relationship with any of these foundries, particularly Velocium, without adequate notice would adversely impact our ability to fill customer orders and could damage our customer relationships.

We design semiconductor devices. However, we do not own or operate a semiconductor fabrication facility, or foundry, and rely on a limited number of third parties to produce these components. Our largest semiconductor foundry supplier is Velocium, a business unit of Northrop Grumman Space & Mission Systems Corp. Velocium produced approximately 50% of our semiconductors, measured in economic value terms, in 2006, with the balance provided by other suppliers. If Velocium is unable to deliver semiconductors to us in a timely fashion, the resulting delay could severely impact our ability to fulfill customer orders and could damage our relationships with our customers. In addition, the loss of our relationship with or our access to any of the semiconductor foundries we currently use, particularly Velocium, and any resulting delay or reduction in the supply of semiconductor devices to us, would severely impact our ability to fulfill customer orders and could damage our relationships with our customers.

We may not be successful in forming alternative supply arrangements that provide us with a sufficient supply of gallium arsenide devices. Because there are a limited number of semiconductor foundries that use the particular process technologies we select for our products and that have sufficient capacity to meet our needs, using alternative or additional semiconductor foundries would require an extensive qualification process that could prevent or delay product shipments and revenues. We estimate that it may take up to six months to shift production of a given semiconductor circuit design to a new foundry.

Implementing our acquisition strategy could result in dilution to our stockholders and operating difficulties leading to a decline in revenues and operating profit.

One of our strategies is to grow through acquisitions. To that end, we have completed five acquisitions since our initial public offering and intend to pursue acquisitions in our markets as appropriate. The process of investigating, acquiring and integrating any business into our business and operations is risky and may create unforeseen operating difficulties and expenditures. The areas in which we may face difficulties include:


	•	diversion of our management from the operation of our core business;

	•	assimilating the acquired operations and personnel;

	•	integrating information technology and reporting systems;

	•	retention of key personnel;

	•	retention of acquired customers; and

	•	implementation of controls, procedures and policies in the acquired business.

In addition to the factors set forth above, we may encounter other unforeseen problems with acquisitions that we may not be able to overcome. Future acquisitions may require us to issue shares of our stock or other securities that dilute our other stockholders, expend cash, incur debt, assume liabilities, including contingent or unknown liabilities, or create additional expenses related to write-offs or amortization of intangible assets with estimated useful lives, any of which could materially adversely affect our revenues and our operating profits.

Our products may contain component, manufacturing or design defects or may not meet our customers’ performance criteria, which could cause us to incur significant repair expenses, harm our customer relationships and industry reputation, and reduce our revenues and profitability.

We have experienced manufacturing quality problems with our products in the past and may have similar problems in the future. As a result of these problems, we have replaced components in some products, or replaced the product, in accordance with our product warranties. Our product warranties typically last one to two years. As a result of component, manufacturing or design defects, we may be required to repair or replace a substantial number of products under our product warranties, incurring significant expenses as a result. Further, our customers may discover latent defects in our products that were not apparent when the warranty period expired. These defects may cause us to incur significant repair or replacement expenses beyond the normal warranty period. In addition, any component, manufacturing or design defect could cause us to lose customers or revenues or damage our customer relationships and industry reputation.

We depend on our key personnel. Skilled personnel in our industry can be in short supply. If we are unable to retain our current personnel or hire additional qualified personnel, our ability to develop and successfully market our products would be harmed.

We believe that our future success depends upon our ability to attract, integrate and retain highly skilled managerial, research and development, manufacturing and sales and marketing personnel. Skilled personnel in our industry can be in short supply. As a result, our employees are highly sought after by competing companies and our ability to attract skilled personnel is limited. To attract and retain qualified personnel, we may be required to grant large stock option or other stock-based incentive awards, which may harm our operating results or be dilutive to our other stockholders. We may also be required to pay significant base salaries and cash bonuses, which could harm our operating results.

Due to our relatively small number of employees and the limited number of individuals with the skill set needed to work in our industry, we are particularly dependent on the continued employment of our senior management team and other key personnel. If one or more members of our senior management team or other key personnel were unable or unwilling to continue in their present positions, these persons would be very difficult to replace, and our ability to conduct our business successfully could be seriously harmed. We do not maintain key person life insurance policies.

Competitive conditions may require us to reduce prices in the future and, as a result, we may need to reduce our costs in order to be profitable.

Over the past year, we have reduced many of our prices by 10% to 15% in order to remain competitive and we expect market conditions will cause us to reduce our prices in the future. In order to reduce our per-unit cost of product revenues, we must continue to design and re-design products to require lower cost materials, improve our manufacturing efficiencies and successfully move production to low-cost, offshore locations. The combined effects of these actions may be insufficient to achieve the cost reductions needed to maintain or increase our gross margins or achieve profitability.

The length of our sales cycle requires us to invest substantial financial and technical resources in a potential sale before we know whether the sale will occur. There is no guarantee that the sale will ever occur and if we are unsuccessful in designing a high-frequency RF module for a particular generation of a customer’s products, we may need to wait until the next generation of that product to sell our products to that particular customer.

Our products are highly technical and the sales cycle can be long. Our sales efforts involve a collaborative and iterative process with our customers to determine their specific requirements either in order to design an appropriate solution or to transfer the product efficiently to our offshore contract manufacturer. Depending on the product and market, the sales cycle can take anywhere from 2 to 24 months, and we incur significant expenses as part of this process without any assurance of resulting revenues. We generate revenues only if our product is selected for incorporation into a customer’s system and that system is accepted in the marketplace. If our product is not selected, or the customer’s development program is discontinued, we generally will not have an opportunity to sell our product to that customer until that customer develops a new generation of its system. There is no guarantee that our product will be selected for that new generation of its ‘parent’ system. In the past, we have had difficulty meeting some of our major customers’ stated volume and cost requirements. The length of our product development and sales cycle makes us particularly vulnerable to the loss of a significant customer or a significant reduction in orders by a customer because we may be unable to quickly replace the lost or reduced sales.

We may not be able to design our products as quickly as our customers require, which could cause us to lose sales and may harm our reputation.

Existing and potential customers typically demand that we design products for them under difficult time constraints. In the current market environment, the need to respond quickly is particularly important. If we are unable to commit the necessary resources to complete a project for a potential customer within the requested timeframe, we may lose a potential sale. Our ability to design products within the time constraints demanded by a customer will depend on the number of product design professionals who are available to focus on that customer’s project and the availability of professionals with the requisite level of expertise is limited.

Each of our telecommunication network products is designed for a specific range of frequencies. Because different national governments license different portions of the frequency spectrum for the telecommunication network market, and because communications service providers license specific frequencies as they become available, in order to remain competitive we must adapt our products rapidly to use a wide range of different frequencies. This may require the design of products at a number of different frequencies simultaneously. This design process can be difficult and time consuming, could increase our costs and could cause delays in the delivery of products to our customers, which may harm our reputation and delay or cause us to lose revenues.

In our other markets, our customers have specific requirements that can be at the forefront of technological development and therefore difficult and expensive to develop. If we are not able to devote sufficient resources to these products, or we experience development difficulties or delays, we could lose sales and damage our reputation with those customers.

We may not be able to manufacture and deliver our products as quickly as our customers require, which could cause us to lose sales and would harm our reputation.

We may not be able to manufacture products and deliver them to our customers at the times and in the volumes they require. Manufacturing delays and interruptions can occur for many reasons, including, but not limited to:


	•	the failure of a supplier to deliver needed components on a timely basis or with acceptable quality;

	•	lack of sufficient capacity;

	•	poor manufacturing yields;

	•	equipment failures;

	•	manufacturing personnel shortages;

	•	labor disputes;

	•	transportation disruptions;

	•	changes in import/export regulations;

	•	infrastructure failures at the facilities of our offshore contract manufacturer;

	•	natural disasters;

	•	acts of terrorism; and

	•	political instability.

Manufacturing our products is complex. The yield, or percentage of products manufactured that conform to required specifications, can decrease for many reasons, including materials containing impurities, equipment not functioning in accordance with requirements or human error. If our yield is lower than we expect, we may not be able to deliver products on time. For example, in the past, we have on occasion experienced poor yields on certain products that have prevented us from delivering products on time and have resulted in lost sales. If we fail to manufacture and deliver products in a timely fashion, our reputation may be harmed, we may jeopardize existing orders and lose potential future sales, and we may be forced to pay penalties to our customers.

As part of our strategy, we may expand our domestic manufacturing capacity beyond the level required for our current sales in order to accommodate anticipated increases in our defense electronics business. As a result, our domestic manufacturing facilities may be underutilized from time to time. Conversely, if we do not maintain adequate manufacturing capacity to meet demand for our defense electronic products, we may lose opportunities for additional sales. Any failure to have sufficient manufacturing capacity to meet demand could cause us to lose revenues, thereby reducing our profitability, or increasing our net losses, and could harm our reputation with customers.

Though we do have long-term commitments from many of our customers, they are not for fixed quantities of product. As a result, we must estimate customer demand, and errors in our estimates could have negative effects on our inventory levels, revenues and results of operations.

We have been required historically to place firm orders for products and manufacturing equipment with our suppliers up to six months prior to the anticipated delivery date and, on occasion, prior to receiving an order for the product, based on our forecasts of customer demands. Our sales process requires us to make multiple demand forecast assumptions, each of which may introduce error into our estimates. If we overestimate customer demand, we may allocate resources to manufacturing products that we may not be able to sell when we expect, if at all. As a result, we would have excess inventory and overhead expense, which would harm our financial results. On occasion,

we have experienced adverse financial results due to excess inventory and excess manufacturing capacity. Conversely, if we underestimate customer demand or if insufficient manufacturing capacity were available, we would lose revenue opportunities, market share and damage our customer relationships. On occasion, we have been unable to adequately respond to unexpected increases in customer purchase orders and were unable to benefit from this increased demand. There is no guarantee that we will be able to adequately respond to unexpected increases in customer purchase orders in the future, in which case we may lose the revenues associated with those additional purchase orders and our customer relationships and reputation may suffer.

Some of our customer contracts require us to manufacture products designed by our customers. While we intend to convert many of these products to products of our own design, such transitions may be difficult and/or expensive to implement and delays or difficulties in doing so could harm our operating results.

Some of our customer contracts are based on the transfer of product manufacturing from our customers’ factories to those of our contract manufacturer, HANA. Under these contracts, we may be required to manufacture the products in a manner similar to the way our customers previously manufactured them until we are able to convert these products to products of our own design. The objective of converting a product to one of our own design is to improve manufacturability and lower costs, thereby improving our gross margins. If we encounter difficulties or delays in transitioning a customer’s product to our manufacturing process, revenues attributable to that product could be delayed or lost. The cost of manufacturing a customer-designed product is typically higher than the cost of manufacturing a product of our own design. In the short term, while we are manufacturing a customer-designed product, our gross margins will be adversely impacted. Similarly, difficulties and delays in transitioning a product to a product of our own design will result in reduced profitability over the long-term.

Any failure to protect our intellectual property appropriately could reduce or eliminate any competitive advantage we have.

Our success depends, in part, on our ability to protect our intellectual property. We rely primarily on a combination of patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret laws to protect our proprietary technologies and processes. As of December 31, 2006, we had 42 United States patents issued, many with associated foreign filings and patents. Our issued patents include those relating to basic circuit and device designs, semiconductors, MLMS technology and system designs. Our issued United States patents expire between 2007 and 2024. We maintain a vigorous technology development program that routinely generates potentially patentable intellectual property. Our decision as to whether to seek formal patent protection is done on a patent by patent basis and is based on the economic value of the intellectual property, the anticipated strength of the resulting patent, the cost of pursuing the patent and an assessment of using a patent as a strategy to protect the intellectual property.

To protect our intellectual property, we enter into confidentiality and assignment of rights to inventions agreements with our employees, and confidentiality and non-disclosure agreements with third parties, and generally control access to and distribution of our documentation and other proprietary information. These measures may not be adequate in all cases to safeguard the proprietary technology underlying our products. It may be possible for a third party to copy or otherwise obtain and use our products or technology without authorization, develop similar technology independently or design around our patents. In addition, effective patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret protection may be unavailable or limited outside of the United States, Europe and Japan. We may not be able to obtain any meaningful intellectual property protection in other countries and territories. Additionally, we may, for a variety of reasons, decide not to file for patent, copyright, or trademark protection outside of the United States. We occasionally agree to incorporate a customer’s or supplier’s intellectual property into our designs, in which case we have obligations with respect to the non-use and non-disclosure of that intellectual property. We also license technology from other companies, including Northrop Grumman Corporation. There are no limitations on our rights to make, use or sell products we may develop in the future using the chip technology licensed to us by Northrop Grumman Corporation. Steps taken by us to prevent misappropriation or infringement of our intellectual property or the intellectual property of our customers may not be successful. Moreover, litigation may be necessary in the future to enforce our intellectual property rights, to protect our trade secrets or to determine the validity and scope of proprietary rights of others, including our customers. Litigation of this type could result in substantial costs and diversion of our resources.

We may receive in the future, notices of claims of infringement of other parties’ proprietary rights. In addition, the invalidity of our patents may be asserted or prosecuted against us. Furthermore, in a patent or trade secret action, we could be required to withdraw the product or products as to which infringement was claimed from the market or redesign products offered for sale or under development. We have also at times agreed to indemnification obligations in favor of our customers and other third parties that could be triggered upon an allegation or finding of our infringement of other parties’ proprietary rights. These indemnification obligations would be triggered for reasons including our sale or supply to a customer or other third parties of a product which was later discovered to infringe upon another party’s proprietary rights. Irrespective of the validity or successful assertion of such claims we would likely incur significant costs and diversion of our resources with respect to the defense of such claims. To address any potential claims or actions asserted against us, we may seek to obtain a license under a third party’s intellectual property rights. However, in such an instance, a license may not be available on commercially reasonable terms, if at all.

With regard to our pending patent applications, it is possible that no patents may be issued as a result of these or any future applications or the allowed patent claims may be of reduced value and importance. If they are issued, any patent claims allowed may not be sufficiently broad to protect our technology. Further, any existing or future patents may be challenged, invalidated or circumvented thus reducing or eliminating their commercial value. The failure of any patents to provide protection to our technology might make it easier for our competitors to offer similar products and use similar manufacturing techniques.

Risks Relating to Our Industry

We have increased our focus on sales to the United States government and other governmental agencies. Our revenues in this market largely depend upon the funding and implementation decisions of Congress and government agencies. These decisions could change abruptly and without notice, unexpectedly reducing our current or future revenues in this market.

Our growth is partially dependent on growth in sales to defense electronics and homeland security prime contractors as a first-tier subcontractor. Government appropriations and prime contractor reactions to changing levels of contract funding availability can cause re-programming of first-tier subcontractor requirements by prime contractors in a way that reduces our current revenues or future revenue forecasts. These funding and implementation decisions are difficult to predict and may change abruptly. As such, our quarterly revenues from these customers may fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter. Additionally, if these funding and implementation decisions change in a manner unfavorable to us, we could find that previously expected and forecasted revenues do not materialize at all.

Our failure to compete effectively could reduce our revenues and margins.

Among merchant suppliers in the telecommunication network market, we primarily compete with Compel Electronics Inc., Filtronic plc, Linkra Srl, Microelectronics Technology Inc., Remec Broadband Wireless, Inc., Teledyne Technologies Incorporated and Thales Group SA. In addition to these companies, there are telecom OEMs, such as Ericsson and NEC Corporation, that use their own captive resources for the design and manufacture of their high-frequency RF transceiver modules, rather than use merchant suppliers like us. We believe that over one half of the high-frequency RF transceiver modules manufactured today are being produced by these captive resources. To the extent that telecom OEMs presently, or may in the future, produce their own RF transceiver modules, we lose the opportunity to gain a customer and the potential related sales. Further, if a telecom OEM were to sell its captive operation to a competitor, we would lose the opportunity to acquire those potential sales. In the defense electronics and homeland security markets, we primarily compete with Aeroflex Incorporated, AML Communications Inc., Chelton, Ltd., Ciao Wireless, CTT Inc., Herley Industries, Inc., KMIC Technology, Inc., M/A-Com, Miteq, Inc. and Teledyne Technologies Incorporated.

Many of our current and potential competitors are substantially larger than us and have greater financial, technical, manufacturing and marketing resources. In addition, we have only recently begun to design and sell products for homeland security applications as the market for homeland security is only now emerging. If we are unable to compete successfully, our future operations and financial results will be harmed.

Our failure to comply with any applicable environmental regulations could result in a range of consequences, including fines, suspension of production, excess inventory, sales limitations and criminal and civil liabilities.

Due to environmental concerns, the need for lead-free solutions in electronic components and systems is receiving increasing attention within the electronics industry as companies are moving towards becoming compliant with the Restriction of Hazardous Substances Directive, or RoHS Directive. The RoHS Directive is European Union legislation that restricts the use of a number of substances, including lead, after July 2006. We believe that our products impacted by these regulations are compliant with the RoHS Directive and that materials will continue to be available to meet these new regulations. However, it is possible that unanticipated supply shortages or delays or excess non-compliant inventory may occur as a result of these new regulations. Failure to comply with any applicable environmental regulations could result in a range of consequences, including loss of sales, fines, suspension of production, excess inventory and criminal and civil liabilities.

Government regulation of the communications industry could limit the growth of the markets that we serve or could require costly alterations of our current or future products.

The markets that we serve are highly regulated. Communications service providers must obtain regulatory approvals to operate broadband wireless access networks within specified licensed bands of the frequency spectrum. Further, the Federal Communications Commission and foreign regulatory agencies have adopted regulations that impose stringent RF emissions standards on the communications industry. In response to the new environmental regulations on health and safety in Europe and China, we are required to design and build a lead-free product. Changes to these regulations may require that we alter the performance of our products.

Risks Relating to Ownership of Our Stock

The assets of Wood River Capital Management, LLC and certain of its affiliates, the holders of shares of common stock representing approximately 27% of our outstanding capital stock as of December 31, 2006, have been placed into receivership by the Securities and Exchange Commission, and the receiver may dispose of such shares of our common stock. Such disposition may adversely affect the trading price of our common stock.

Based on filings made with the Securities and Exchange Commission, as of December 31, 2006, Wood River Capital Management, LLC and certain of its affiliates, which we refer to collectively as Wood River, owned approximately 27% of our outstanding capital stock (all outstanding stock measured on an as-converted to common stock basis). On October 13, 2005, the Securities and Exchange Commission filed an emergency action against Wood River and, concurrently with the filing of the action, an order was entered placing all assets of Wood River, including the Endwave shares owned by Wood River, into receivership. As a result, the receiver is also deemed to have beneficial ownership of such shares. The receiver will be required to liquidate the assets of Wood River or distribute such assets to the investors in the Wood River funds. We currently do not know what the timing and manner of any liquidation or distribution of Endwave shares is likely to be, nor do we control any such liquidation or distribution. Such disposition of Endwave shares may have the effect of reducing the trading price of our common stock.

The market price of our common stock has fluctuated historically and is likely to fluctuate in the future.

The price of our common stock has fluctuated widely since our initial public offering in October 2000. In 2006, the lowest daily sales price for our common stock was $8.98 and the highest daily sales price for our common stock was $17.15. The market price of our common stock can fluctuate significantly for many reasons, including, but not limited to:


	•	our financial performance or the performance of our competitors;

	•	the purchase or sale of common stock, or short-selling or other transactions involving our securities, particularly by Wood River or other large stockholders;


	•	technological innovations or other trends or changes in the telecommunication network, defense electronics or homeland security markets;

	•	successes or failures at significant product evaluations or site demonstrations;

	•	the introduction of new products by us or our competitors;

	•	acquisitions, strategic alliances or joint ventures involving us or our competitors;

	•	decisions by major participants in the communications industry not to purchase products from us or to pursue alternative technologies;

	•	decisions by investors to de-emphasize investment categories, groups or strategies that include our company or industry;

	•	market conditions in the industry, the financial markets and the economy as a whole; and

	•	the low trading volume of our common stock.

It is likely that our operating results in one or more future quarters may be below the expectations of security analysts and investors. In that event, the trading price of our common stock would likely decline. In addition, the stock market has experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations. These market fluctuations can be unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies and the market prices for securities of technology companies have been especially volatile. Future sales of substantial amounts of our common stock, or the perception that such sales could occur, could adversely affect prevailing market prices for our common stock. Additionally, future stock price volatility for our common stock could provoke the initiation of securities litigation, which may divert substantial management resources and have an adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition. Our existing insurance coverage may not sufficiently cover all costs and claims that could arise out of any such securities litigation. We anticipate that prices for our common stock will continue to be volatile.

We have two shareholders that own a large percentage of our outstanding capital stock and, as a result of their significant ownership, are able to significantly affect the outcome of matters requiring stockholder approval.

Wood River owns approximately 4.1 million shares of our outstanding common stock. In addition, Oak Investment Partners XI, Limited Partnership, which we refer to as Oak, owns 300,000 shares of our Series B preferred stock that are convertible into 3,000,000 shares of our common stock and a warrant to purchase 90,000 shares of our Series B preferred stock that upon issuance will be convertible into 900,000 shares of our common stock. Assuming the exercise in full of the warrant issued to Oak and the conversion of Oak’s preferred shares into common stock, as of December 31, 2006, Oak owned approximately 25% of our outstanding capital stock and Wood River owned approximately 27% of our outstanding capital stock.

Because most matters requiring approval of our stockholders require the approval of the holders of a majority of the shares of our outstanding capital stock present in person or by proxy at the annual meeting, the significant ownership interest of Oak and Wood River allows Oak and Wood River, and the receiver of the Wood River assets, to affect significantly the election of our directors and the outcome of corporate actions requiring stockholder approval. This concentration of ownership may also delay, deter or prevent a change in control and may make some transactions more difficult or impossible to complete without their support, even if the transaction is favorable to our stockholders as a whole.

Our certificate of incorporation, bylaws and arrangements with executive officers contain provisions that could delay or prevent a change in control.

We are subject to certain Delaware anti-takeover laws by virtue of our status as a Delaware corporation. These laws prevent us from engaging in a merger or sale of more than 10% of our assets with any stockholder, including all affiliates and associates of any stockholder, who owns 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock, for three years following the date that the stockholder acquired 15% or more of our voting stock, unless the board of directors approved the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested

stockholder, or upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of our voting stock of the corporation, or the business combination is approved by our board of directors and authorized by at least 662/3% of our outstanding voting stock not owned by the interested stockholder. A corporation may opt out of the Delaware anti-takeover laws in its charter documents, however we have not chosen to do so. Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws include a number of provisions that may deter or impede hostile takeovers or changes of control of management, including a staggered board of directors, the elimination of the ability of our stockholders to act by written consent, discretionary authority given to our board of directors as to the issuance of preferred stock, and indemnification rights for our directors and executive officers. Additionally, during 2005, our board of directors adopted a Stockholder Rights Plan, providing for the distribution of one preferred share purchase right for each outstanding share of common stock held as of December 12, 2005, that may lead to the delay or prevention of a change in control that is not approved by our board of directors. We have an Executive Officer Severance and Retention Plan and a Key Employee Severance and Retention Plan that provide for severance payments and the acceleration of vesting of a percentage of certain stock options granted to our executive officers and certain senior, non-executive employees under specified conditions. These plans may make us a less attractive acquisition target or may reduce the amount a potential acquirer may otherwise be willing to pay for our company.


Item 1B.	*Unresolved Staff Comments*

Not applicable.


Item 2.	*Properties*

Our principal executive offices are located in San Jose, California, where we lease approximately 33,000 square feet, which encompasses our corporate headquarters and research and development facilities. This lease expires in August 2011. We lease approximately 6,000 square feet in Andover, Massachusetts for our Northeast operations under a lease expiring in November 2008. We lease approximately 21,000 square feet in Diamond Springs, California for our manufacturing facilities under a lease that expires in June 2009. In Chiang Mai, Thailand, near the facilities of our contract manufacturer, HANA Microelectronics Co., Ltd., we lease a small office for manufacturing support under a lease expiring in March 2007 that we are currently in negotiations to extend. We believe that our existing facilities are adequate to meet our current and near term future needs.


Item 3.	*Legal Proceedings*

We are not currently party to any material litigation.

Although we are not a party to the litigation now pending in the Southern District of New York entitled “Securities and Exchange Commission v. Wood River Capital Management, LLC et al.” filed as Civil Action 05-CV-8713, we have filed a proof of claim with the Court reserving our rights to pursue claims against the defendants in such action, including possible claims for disgorgement of profits pursuant to Section 16 of the Exchange Act. Because Wood River has not yet publicly disclosed its trading history in our common stock, there are many other claims outstanding against the Wood River funds and it remains to be determined whether our claims would be subordinated by the court to those of other claimants, we are unable to determine at this time what the recoverable damages for our claims may be. To the extent we have any valid claims against Wood River, we intend to pursue them vigorously.


Item 4.	*Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders*

None.

PART II


Item 5.	*Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities*

Information Relating to our Common Stock

Our common stock is traded on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “ENWV.” The following table sets forth the high and low daily sales prices per share of our common stock, as reported by the NASDAQ Global Market.


	High		Low

Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2005
First Quarter	$	25.83	$	16.63
Second Quarter	$	49.75	$	23.66
Third Quarter	$	55.41	$	12.30
Fourth Quarter	$	15.34	$	9.46
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2006
First Quarter	$	15.50	$	8.98
Second Quarter	$	17.15	$	10.11
Third Quarter	$	13.90	$	11.36
Fourth Quarter	$	13.75	$	10.38

The last reported sale price of our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market on February 16, 2007 was $12.96 per share. As of February 16, 2007, there were approximately 108 holders of record of our common stock.

Dividend Policy

We have never paid any cash dividends on our common or preferred stock. Because we currently intend to retain any future earnings to fund the development and growth of our business, we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the near future.

Equity Compensation Plan Information

The following table provides certain information with respect to all of our equity compensation plans in effect as of the end of December 31, 2006.

Number of Securities

Number of

Weighted-

Remaining Available

Securities to be

Average Exercise

for Issuance

Issued Upon

Price of

Under Equity

Exercise of

Outstanding

Compensation Plans

Outstanding Options,

Options,

(Excluding Securities

Warrants and

Reflected in

Plan Category

Rights(a)

Rights(b)

Column (a))(c)(1)

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders

1,732,669

13.59

1,559,203

(2)

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

Total

1,732,669

13.59

1,559,203


(1)		Each year on October 17, starting in 2001 and continuing through 2006, the aggregate number of shares of common stock that may be issued pursuant to stock awards under the 2000 Employee Stock Purchase Plan was automatically increased by the lesser of 350,000 shares or 1.5% of the total number of shares of common stock outstanding on that date or such lesser amount as may be determined by the Board of Directors.

(2)		Includes 352,871 shares issuable under the 2000 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

Performance Measurement Comparison

The graph below shows the cumulative total stockholder return of an investment of $100 (and the reinvestment of any dividends thereafter) on December 31, 2001 in (i) our common stock, (ii) the NASDAQ Stock Market Index (U.S. Companies) and (ii) the NASDAQ Telecommunications Index. Our stock price performance shown in the graph below is not indicative of future stock price performance.

COMPARISON OF 5 YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN*

Among Endwave -NASNM, The NASDAQ Composite Index

And The NASDAQ Telecommunications Index


	12/01		12/02		12/03		12/04		12/05		12/06
Endwave -NASNM		100.00		20.94		161.40		382.68		258.33		237.50
NASDAQ Composite		100.00		71.97		107.18		117.07		120.50		137.02
NASDAQ Telecommunications		100.00		61.62		110.79		106.16		100.63		127.11

* $100 invested on 12/31/01 in stock or index-including reinvestment of dividends.


Item 6.	*Selected Consolidated Financial Data*

The following selected consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this report. The selected consolidated statements of operations data for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2006 and 2005 are derived from the audited consolidated financial statements that are included elsewhere in this report. The selected consolidated statements of operations data for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements not included in

this report. The historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations to be expected in any future periods.


	Year Ended December 31,
	2006			2005			2004			2003			2002
	(In thousands, except per share data)

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:
Revenues	$	62,226		$	48,735		$	33,162		$	33,847		$	22,572
Cost of product revenues		44,220			33,586			22,576			24,830			29,777
Other operating expenses		21,901			16,799			16,115			17,568			27,995
Loss from operations		(3,895	)		(1,650	)		(5,529	)		(8,551	)		(35,200	)
Net loss	$	(1,344	)	$	(874	)	$	(4,404	)	$	(7,910	)	$	(31,002	)
Basic and diluted net loss per share	$	(0.12	)	$	(0.08	)	$	(0.45	)	$	(0.87	)	$	(3.47	)


	December 31,
	2006		2005		2004		2003		2002
	(In thousands)

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments	$	67,587	$	22,415	$	25,137	$	29,298	$	29,025
Total assets		100,653		53,149		50,094		53,074		60,049
Long-term obligations, less current portion		231		385		559		363		1,075
Total stockholders’ equity		89,398		43,083		39,064		41,043		47,506


Item 7.	*Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations*

The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this report, as well as the information set forth in the “Risk Factors” section of this report. In addition to historical consolidated financial information, this discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve known and unknown risks and uncertainties, including statements regarding our expectations, beliefs, intentions or strategies regarding the future. All forward-looking statements included in this report are based on information available to us on the date hereof, and we assume no obligation to update any such forward-looking statements. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements. You are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. In the past, our operating results have fluctuated and are likely to continue to fluctuate in the future.

Overview

We design, manufacture and market radio frequency, or RF, modules that enable the transmission, reception and processing of high frequency signals in telecommunication networks, defense electronics and homeland security systems. Our RF modules are typically used in high-frequency applications and include integrated transceivers, amplifiers, synthesizers, oscillators, up and down converters, frequency multipliers and microwave switch arrays.

Markets and Growth Strategy

Telecommunication network market. Most of our RF modules are deployed in telecommunication networks. Our target customers for these applications are telecommunication network original equipment manufacturers and systems integrators, collectively referred to in this report as telecom OEMs. Telecom OEMs provide the wireless equipment used by service providers to deliver voice, data and video services to businesses and consumers.

From 2005 to 2006, we experienced growth of 34% in our telecommunications-related revenues. We benefited both from increased demand experienced by our customers and by capturing a greater share of our customers’

overall high-frequency RF transceiver business. Telecom OEMs that purchased our products accounted for 84% of our total revenues during 2006.

We believe the demand for microwave radios and the transceiver modules used to build them is increasing. As service providers deploy more cellular base stations to serve their growing subscriber base and upgrade existing facilities, they will require more microwave radio links for cellular backhaul. We believe this projected increased demand is also driven by growth of wireless telephony in developing nations, increase in data-sensitive cellular traffic, deployment of third-generation, or “3G,” networks and the introduction of other high capacity data only telecommunication networks.

During 2006, our two largest customers, Nokia and Siemens announced plans to merge their telecommunications network businesses. The ongoing impact, if any, of this merger on our ongoing relationship with the combined company is uncertain. During the fourth quarter of 2006, we experienced a decrease in revenues from Nokia as they decreased their inventory of our products in anticipation of the closing of the merger. The closing of the merger has been delayed and we may continue to experience revenue fluctuations in 2007 as a result.

Defense electronics and homeland security system markets. Our RF modules are also designed into various applications outside of the telecommunication network market, including defense electronics and homeland security systems. Our target customers in the defense electronics market include defense systems integrators and their subcontractors that design aerospace systems, defense systems, weapons and electronics platforms for domestic and foreign defense customers. Our target customers in the homeland security market include those customers that are taking advantage of the properties of high-frequency RF to create new capabilities designed to detect security threats.

From 2005 to 2006, we experienced growth of 4% in our defense and homeland security-related revenues. Such revenues, accounted for approximately 16% of our total revenues in 2006.

We also believe the demand for high-frequency RF modules within various defense electronics and homeland security systems is increasing. We are seeing increased demand in defense electronics systems as high frequency RF modules are being used in sophisticated radar systems, electronic warfare systems, intelligent battlefield systems and high-capacity communication systems. Due to the need for greater resolution, more comprehensive real-time information and better communication on the battlefield the United States military’s demand for high-frequency RF modules in the defense electronics market is growing. Similarly, the global escalation of terrorist and insurgency threats is resulting in increased governmental and private concern over providing adequate security measures. Many new, more capable systems are utilizing high-frequency RF signals for various detection and imaging systems applied to threats of violence.

Growth through acquisitions. We continue to seek growth through strategic acquisitions. Since our initial public offering in October 2000, we have acquired and integrated five businesses or product lines. As a result of these transactions, we have increased our revenues and market share, broadened our product portfolio, diversified our customer base, gained expertise outside our core telecommunication network market and added key members to our staff.

In support of this growth strategy, on April 24, 2006 we entered into a Preferred Stock and Warrant Purchase Agreement with Oak Investment Partners XI, Limited Partnership, which we refer to as Oak. Pursuant to this agreement, Oak purchased 300,000 shares of our Series B preferred stock for $150 per share and a warrant to purchase up to an additional 90,000 shares of our Series B preferred stock with an exercise price of $150 per share. From this private placement, we received gross proceeds of $45.0 million and net proceeds of $43.1 million after the payment of legal fees and other expenses including commissions to Needham & Co., the Company’s sole placement agent and financial advisor for the private placement. Each share of Series B preferred stock is convertible into 10 shares of our common stock. The Series B preferred stock and the warrant were issued pursuant to an exemption from registration provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. We intend to use the net proceeds of this financing to continue to expand our business in the telecommunications and defense and homeland security markets, particularly through strategic acquisitions.

Seasonality

Critical Accounting Policies

General

Management’s discussion and analysis of its financial condition and results of operations is based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates, including those related to revenue recognition, allowance for doubtful accounts, warranty obligations, inventories, stock-based compensation, income taxes, asset impairments and other commitments and contingencies. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities. Actual results may differ from these estimates or our estimates may be affected by different assumptions or conditions. We discuss these policies further, as well as the estimates and judgments involved, below.

Revenue Recognition

Our primary customers are telecom OEMs and defense and homeland security systems integrators that incorporate our products into their systems. We recognize product revenues at the time title passes, which is generally upon product shipment or when withdrawn from a consignment location, and persuasive evidence that an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, the seller’s price to the buyer is fixed or determinable and collectibility is reasonably assured. Revenues under development contracts are generally recorded on a percentage of completion basis, using project hours as the basis to measure progress toward completing the contract and recognizing revenues. Revenues attributable to development fees accounted for 2.5% of our total revenues in 2004, 3.3% of our total revenues in 2005 and 2.0% of our total revenues in 2006. The costs incurred under these development agreements are included in research and development expenses.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

We make ongoing assumptions relating to the collectibility of our accounts receivable in our calculation of the allowance for doubtful accounts. In determining the amount of the allowance, we make judgments about the creditworthiness of customers based on ongoing credit evaluations and assess current economic trends affecting our customers that might impact the level of credit losses in the future and result in different rates of bad debts than previously seen. We also consider our historical level of credit losses. Our reserves, which were $296,000 at December 31, 2005 and $131,000 at December 31, 2006, historically have been adequate to cover our actual credit losses. If actual credit losses were to be significantly greater than the reserves we have established, our selling, general and administrative expenses would increase.

Warranty Reserves

We generally offer a one-year to two-year warranty on all of our products. We record a liability based on estimates of the costs that may be incurred under our warranty obligations and charge to cost of product revenues the amount of such costs at the time revenues are recognized. Our warranty obligation is affected by product failure rates, material usage and service delivery costs incurred in correcting a product failure. Our estimates of anticipated

rates of warranty claims and costs per claim are primarily based on historical information and future forecasts. At December 31, 2005 and 2006 our warranty reserves were $3.3 million and $2.9 million, respectively. We periodically assess the adequacy of our recorded warranty liabilities and adjust the amounts as necessary. If actual warranty claims are significantly higher than forecast, or if the actual costs incurred to provide the warranty is greater than the forecast, our gross margins could be adversely affected.

Inventory Valuation

We evaluate our ending inventories for excess quantities and obsolescence at each balance sheet date. This evaluation includes review of materials usage, market conditions and product life cycles and an analysis of sales levels by product and projections of future demand and market conditions. We reserve for inventories that are considered excess or obsolete. We adjust remaining inventory balances to approximate the lower of our standard manufacturing cost or market value. If actual future demand or market conditions are less favorable than those projected by management, additional inventory write-downs may be required, and would be reflected in cost of product revenues in the period the revision is made. This would have a negative impact on our gross margins in that period. If in any period we are able to sell inventories that were not valued or that had been written off in a previous period, related revenues would be recorded without any offsetting charge to cost of product revenues, resulting in a net benefit to our gross margin in that period. To the extent these factors materially affect our gross margins, we would disclose them.

Stock-Based Compensation

Effective January 1, 2006, we adopted the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards, or SFAS, No. 123 (revised 2004) “Share-Based Payment”, or SFAS No. 123(R). SFAS No. 123(R) establishes accounting for stock-based awards exchanged for employee services. Accordingly, stock-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date, based on the fair value of the award, and is recognized as expense over the requisite service period. All of our stock compensation is accounted for as an equity instrument. We previously applied Accounting Principles Board, or APB, Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees,” and related interpretations and provided the required pro forma disclosures of SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation,” or SFAS No. 123.

Upon adoption of SFAS No. 123(R), we have elected the alternative transition method for calculating the tax effects of stock-based compensation pursuant to SFAS No. 123(R). The alternative transition method provides a simplified method to establish the beginning balance of the additional paid-in capital pool, or APIC Pool, related to the tax effects of employee stock-based compensation, and to determine the subsequent impact on the APIC Pool and consolidated statements of cash flows of the tax effects of employee stock-based compensation awards that are outstanding upon adoption of SFAS No. 123(R).

Consistent with prior years, we use the “with and without” approach as described in Emerging Issues Task Force Topic No. D-32 in determining the order in which our tax attributes are utilized. The “with and without” approach results in the recognition of the windfall stock option tax benefits after all other tax attributes of ours have been considered in the annual tax accrual computation. SFAS No. 123(R) prohibits the recognition of a deferred tax asset for an excess tax benefit that has not yet been realized. As a result, we will only recognize a benefit from stock-based compensation in paid-in capital if an incremental tax benefit is realized after all other tax attributes currently available to us have been utilized. In addition, we have elected to account for the indirect benefits of stock-based compensation on items such as the alternative minimum tax, the research tax credit or the domestic manufacturing deduction through the consolidated statements of operations rather than through paid-in capital.

We estimate the fair value of stock options and shares under our stock purchase plan using the Black-Scholes valuation model, consistent with the provisions of SFAS No. 123(R), Securities and Exchange Commission Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107 and our prior period pro forma disclosures of net loss, including stock-based compensation (determined under a fair value method as prescribed by SFAS No. 123). The fair value of each option grant and the shares under our stock purchase plan are estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option valuation model and the graded-vesting method with assumptions concerning expected dividend yield, stock price volatility, risk free interest rate and expected life of the award.

The guidance in SFAS No. 123(R) is relatively new and its application may be subject to further interpretation and guidance. There are significant variations among allowable valuation models, and there is a possibility that we may refine the inputs and assumptions under our current valuation model in the future resulting in a lack of consistency in future periods. Our current or future valuation model and the inputs and assumptions we make may also lack comparability to other companies that use different models, inputs, or assumptions, and the resulting differences in comparability could be material.

Deferred Taxes

We currently have significant deferred tax assets, which are subject to periodic recoverability assessments. We record a valuation allowance to reduce our deferred tax assets to the amount that we believe to be more likely than not realizable. We have recorded a valuation allowance in an amount equal to the net deferred tax assets to reflect uncertainty regarding future realization of these assets based on past performance and the likelihood of realization of our deferred tax assets.

Long-Lived Assets

We periodically review our property and equipment and identifiable intangible assets for possible impairment whenever facts and circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be fully recoverable. Assumptions and estimates used in the evaluation of impairment may affect the carrying value of long-lived assets, which could result in impairment charges in future periods. Significant assumptions and estimates include the projected cash flows based upon estimated revenues and expense growth rates, the estimated royalty rates used for the valuation of acquired tradenames, and the discount rate applied to expected cash flows. In addition, our depreciation and amortization policies reflect judgments on the estimated useful lives of assets.

Business Combinations

In accordance with the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 141, “Business Combinations,” the purchase price of an acquired company is allocated between the intangible assets and the net tangible assets of the acquired business with the residual of the purchase price recorded as goodwill. The valuation of our intangible assets is based on an income approach methodology that values the intangible assets based on the future cash flows that could potentially be generated by the asset over its estimated remaining life discounted to its present value utilizing an appropriate weighted average cost of capital.

At December 31, 2006, the carrying value of goodwill was $1.6 million and the carrying value of identifiable intangible assets was $2.6 million. In accordance with the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” we assess goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives for impairment at least annually, or more frequently if events and changes in circumstances suggest that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. To the extent the carrying amount exceeds its fair value, an impairment charge to income is recorded. This assessment is based upon a discounted cash flow analysis and analysis of our market capitalization. The estimate of cash flow is based upon, among other things, certain assumptions about expected future operating performance and an appropriate discount rate determined by our management. Our estimates of discounted cash flows may differ from actual cash flows due to, among other things, economic conditions, changes to our business model or changes in operating performance. Significant differences between these estimates and actual cash flows could materially affect our future financial results. We completed our annual goodwill impairment test as of September 30, 2006 and determined that no adjustment to the carrying value of goodwill was required. We have determined that no events have occurred from that date through December 31,

2006 that would require an updated analysis. Our future operating performance will be impacted by the future amortization of these acquired intangible assets and potential impairment charges related to goodwill if indicators of potential impairment exist. As a result of business acquisitions, the allocation of the purchase price to goodwill and intangible assets could have a significant impact on our future operating results.

Results of Operations

The following tables set forth selected consolidated statements of operations data for each of the periods indicated in dollars and as a percentage of total revenues.


	Year Ended December 31,
	2006			2005			2004
	(In thousands)

Revenues:
Product revenues	$	60,956		$	47,119		$	32,330
Development fees		1,270			1,616			832

Total revenues		62,226			48,735			33,162

Costs and expenses:
Cost of product revenues		43,771			33,134			22,389
Cost of product revenues, amortization of intangible assets		449			452			187
Research and development		8,856			6,488			4,957
Selling, general and administrative		12,689			9,327			7,527
Transaction costs		200			851			—
In-process research and development		—			—			320
Amortization of intangible assets		156			179			182
Restructuring charges, net		—			(46	)		2,895
Impairment of long-lived assets		—			—			389
Recovery on building sublease		—			—			(359	)
Amortization of deferred stock compensation		—			—			204

Total costs and expenses		66,121			50,385			38,691

Loss from operations		(3,895	)		(1,650	)		(5,529	)
Interest and other income, net		2,648			776			1,125

Loss before provision for income taxes		(1,247	)		(874	)		(4,404	)
Provision for income taxes		97			—			—

Net loss	$	(1,344	)	$	(874	)	$	(4,404	)


	Year Ended December 31,
	2006			2005			2004
	(As a percentage of total revenues)

Revenues:
Product revenues		98.0	%		96.7	%		97.5	%
Development fees		2.0			3.3			2.5

Total revenues		100.0			100.0			100.0

Costs and expenses:
Cost of product revenues		70.3			68.0			67.5
Cost of product revenues, amortization of intangible assets		0.7			0.9			0.6
Research and development		14.2			13.3			14.9
Selling, general and administrative		20.4			19.1			22.7
Transaction costs		0.3			1.7			—
In-process research and development		—			—			1.0
Amortization of intangible assets		0.3			0.5			0.5
Restructuring charges, net		—			(0.1	)		8.7
Impairment of long-lived assets		—			—			1.2
Recovery on building sublease		—			—			(1.1	)
Amortization of deferred stock compensation		—			—			0.7

Total costs and expenses		106.3			103.4			116.7

Loss from operations		(6.3	)		(3.4	)		(16.7	)
Interest and other income, net		4.3			1.6			3.4

Loss before provision for income taxes		(2.0	)		(1.8	)		(13.3	)
Provision for income taxes		0.2			—			—

Net loss		(2.2	)%		(1.8	)%		(13.3	)%

Results of Operations

Year ended December 31, 2006 compared to year ended December 31, 2005

Total revenues


	Year Ended
	December 31,
	2006		2005		% Change
	(In thousands)

Total revenues	$	62,226	$	48,735		27.7	%
Product revenues	$	60,956	$	47,119		29.4	%
Development fees	$	1,270	$	1,616		(21.4	)%

Total revenues consist of product revenues and development fees. Product revenues are primarily attributable to sales of our RF modules. Development fees are attributable to the development of product prototypes and custom products pursuant to development agreements that provide for payment of a portion of our research and development or other expenses. We expect to enter into more development contracts in the future as we seek to further penetrate the defense electronics market, where development contracts are customary, but we do not expect development fees to represent a significant percentage of our total revenues for the foreseeable future.

Product revenues increased 29% from 2005 to 2006 as a result of increased demand primarily from our telecommunications customers. During 2006 revenues from our telecom OEM customers comprised 84% of our total revenues, compared with 80% in 2005. Revenues from our defense and homeland security and other customers

were 16% of our total revenues, compared with 20% in 2005. Telecommunications-related revenues increased 34% from 2005 as a result of increased demand experienced by our customers and by capturing a greater share of some customers’ overall transceiver business. During 2006, we increased revenues attributable to our three largest telecommunication customers, as we benefited from the increased demand they experienced and by increasing our penetration within these companies. Our defense and homeland security and other revenues increased 4% from 2005 as we continued establishing our presence in this market.

The decrease in development fees from 2005 to 2006 was attributable to decreased development of custom-designed products for new and existing customers for both our telecommunications customers and our defense and homeland security customers during the year.

During 2006, our two largest customers, Nokia and Siemens announced plans to merge their telecommunications network businesses. The ongoing impact, if any, of this merger on our ongoing relationship with the combined company is uncertain. During the fourth quarter of 2006, we experienced a decrease in revenues from Nokia as they decreased their inventory of our product in anticipation of the closing of the merger. The closing of the merger has been delayed and we may continue to experience revenue fluctuations in 2007 as a result.

Cost of product revenues


	Year Ended December 31,
	2006			2005			% Change
	(In thousands)

Cost of product revenues	$	43,771		$	33,134			32.1	%
Percentage of revenues		70.3	%		68.0	%

Cost of product revenues consists primarily of: costs of direct materials and labor utilized to assemble and test our products; equipment depreciation; costs associated with procurement, production control, quality assurance and manufacturing engineering; costs associated with maintaining our manufacturing facilities; fees paid to our offshore manufacturing partner; reserves for potential excess or obsolete material; costs related to stock-based compensation; and accrued costs associated with potential warranty returns offset by the benefit of usage of materials that were previously written off.

During 2006, the cost of product revenues as a percentage of revenues increased due primarily to a change in product mix, $435,000 of stock-based compensation from the adoption of SFAS No. 123(R), and an increase in inventory reserves of $302,000 associated with the end of life of one of our customer programs. These effects were partially offset by the increased absorption of our overhead costs resulting from increased production. The cost of product revenues in both periods was favorably impacted by the utilization of inventory that was previously written off, amounting to approximately $678,000 during 2006 as compared to $695,000 during 2005.

We intend to continue to focus on reducing the cost of product revenues as a percentage of total revenues through the introduction of new designs and technology and further improvements to our offshore manufacturing processes. However, our cost of product revenues are impacted by the mix and volume of products sold and will continue to fluctuate as a result.

Research and development expenses


	Year Ended December 31,
	2006			2005			% Change
	(In thousands)

Research and development expenses	$	8,856		$	6,488			36.5	%
Percentage of revenues		14.2	%		13.3	%

Research and development expenses consist primarily of salaries and related expenses for research and development personnel, outside professional services, prototype materials, supplies and labor, depreciation for related equipment, allocated facilities costs and expenses related to stock-based compensation.

During 2006, research and development costs increased in absolute dollars and as a percentage of total revenues compared to 2005, as we increased our investment in development projects in both our telecommunication and defense electronics and homeland security related businesses. The increase was primarily due to an increase of $1.1 million in project-related expenses, an increase of $576,000 in personnel-related expenses and $540,000 of stock-based compensation from the adoption of SFAS No. 123(R).

During 2007, we expect research and development expenses to increase in absolute dollar terms as we continue our investment in development programs in both the telecommunication and defense electronics and homeland security related businesses.

Selling, general and administrative expenses


	Year Ended December 31,
	2006			2005			% Change
	(In thousands)

Selling, general and administrative expenses	$	12,689		$	9,327			36.0	%
Percentage of revenues		20.4	%		19.1	%

Selling, general and administrative expenses consist primarily of salaries and related expenses for executive, sales, marketing, finance, accounting, legal, information technology and human resources personnel, professional fees, facilities costs, expenses related to stock-based compensation and promotional activities.

During 2006, selling, general and administrative expenses increased in absolute dollars and as a percentage of total revenues compared to 2005, primarily due to $2.3 million of stock-based compensation from the adoption of SFAS No. 123(R), an increase of $333,000 in sales commissions, and an increase of $215,000 in personnel-related expenses.

During 2007, we anticipate selling, general and administrative expenses will increase moderately in absolute dollar terms as we increase the size of our sales and marketing team related to the defense electronics and homeland security related business.

Transaction costs


	Year Ended
	December 31,
	2006		2005		% Change
	(In thousands)

Transaction costs	$	200	$	851		(76.5	)%

During 2005, as part of a planned public offering of common stock pursuant to a registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, we accumulated transaction costs in other current assets on our consolidated balance sheet. During 2005, we suspended the secondary offering and expensed the amount accordingly. The registration statement was withdrawn in the first quarter of 2006.

During 2006, as part of our growth strategy, we pursued acquiring another company and capitalized the associated transaction costs in other current assets on our consolidated balance sheet. By the end of 2006, we decided not to pursue the acquisition and expensed the amount accordingly.

Amortization of intangible assets


	Year Ended
	December 31,
	2006		2005		% Change
	(In thousands)

Cost of product revenues, amortization of intangible assets	$	449	$	452		(0.7	)%
Amortization of intangible assets	$	156	$	179		(12.8	)%

As part of our acquisition of JCA Technology, Inc. in July 2004, we acquired $4.2 million of identifiable intangible assets, including $2.3 million for developed technology, $1.1 million for the tradename, $780,000 for

customer relationships and $140,000 for customer backlog. These assets are generally subject to amortization and have approximate original estimated weighted average useful lives as follows: developed technology — 5 years, customer backlog — 6 months and customer relationships — 5 years. The tradename intangible asset is not subject to amortization and will be evaluated for impairment at least annually or more frequently if events and changes in circumstances suggest that the carrying amount may not be recoverable.

The amortization associated with the developed technology is a charge to cost of product revenues and was $449,000 and $452,000 for 2006 and 2005, respectively. The amortization associated with customer relationships is a charge to operating expenses and was $156,000 for 2006 and 2005. The amortization of customer backlog is a charge to operating expenses and was $23,000 during 2005 and was fully amortized during the first quarter of 2005.

Restructuring charges, net


	Year Ended
	December 31,
	2006		2005			% Change
	(In thousands)

Restructuring charges, net	$	—	$	(46	)		(100.0	)%

During 2005, we incurred a net benefit to restructuring expense related to the reversal of $46,000 of charges from the restructuring plan in connection with the acquisition of JCA Technology, Inc. The original estimates of the charges related to the restructuring plan were higher than the final payouts resulting in the $46,000 benefit in 2005. There were no similar charges or reversals in 2006.

Interest and other income, net


	Year Ended
	December 31,
	2006		2005		% Change
	(In thousands)

Interest and other income, net	$	2,648	$	776		241.2	%

Interest and other income, net consists primarily of interest income earned on our cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments, the amortization of the deferred gain from the sale of our Diamond Springs, California location and gains and losses on the sale of fixed assets.

The increase in interest and other income, net during 2006 was primarily the result of increased interest earned on a higher cash and investment balance due to the proceeds received from the sale of preferred stock and warrants to Oak during the second quarter of 2006. During 2006, we earned $2.6 million of interest income and recognized $154,000 of other income from the amortization of the deferred gain from our sale of the Diamond Springs, California location which were partially offset by banking charges and a $77,000 loss on the sale of fixed assets related to the move of our corporate headquarters. During 2005, we earned $648,000 of interest income and recognized $128,000 of other income primarily from the amortization of the deferred gain from our sale of the Diamond Springs, California location partially offset by banking charges.

Year ended December 31, 2005 compared to year ended December 31, 2004

Total revenues


	Year Ended
	December 31,
	2005		2004		% Change
	(In thousands)

Total revenues	$	48,735	$	33,162		47.0	%
Product revenues	$	47,119	$	32,330		45.7	%
Development fees	$	1,616	$	832		94.2	%

Product revenues increased substantially from 2004 to 2005 as a result of increased demand from both our telecommunications customers and our defense and homeland security system customers, despite pricing pressure

resulting in a 10-15% average unit price reduction for our telecommunication products in 2005 compared to 2004. During 2005, revenues from our telecom OEM customers comprised 80% of our total revenues compared with 86% in 2004. Revenues from our defense and homeland security and other customers were 20% of our total revenues compared with 14% in 2004. Telecommunications-related revenues increased 38% from 2004 as a result of increased demand experienced by our customers and by capturing a greater share of our customers’ overall transceiver business. During 2005, we increased our penetration at Siemens AG and Nera ASA as they began outsourcing more of their transceiver production. Our defense and homeland security and other revenues increased over 100% from 2004 as the defense related market demand continued to be strong, we aggressively pursued opportunities and we benefited from a full year of revenues from JCA, which we acquired in July 2004.

The increase in development fees from 2004 to 2005 was attributable to increased development of custom designed products for new and existing customers for both our telecommunications customers and our defense and homeland security customers.

Cost of product revenues


	Year Ended December 31,
	2005			2004			% Change
	(In thousands)

Cost of product revenues	$	33,134		$	22,389			48.0	%
Percentage of revenues		68.0	%		67.5	%

During 2005, the cost of product revenues as a percentage of revenues remained relatively consistent with the prior year as an increase in our direct materials cost as a percentage of revenue was offset by the benefit of increased absorption of our overhead costs due to increased overall revenue during the year. The increase in our direct materials cost as a greater portion of our revenues during 2005 was related to transceiver modules that we produced based on our customers’ designs. Our plan is to redesign our customers’ existing transceivers to lower material costs in the future.

The cost of product revenues was favorably impacted by the utilization of inventory that was previously written off amounting to approximately $695,000 during 2005 as compared to $292,000 during 2004.

Research and development expenses


	Year Ended December 31,
	2005			2004			% Change
	(In thousands)

Research and development expenses	$	6,488		$	4,957			30.9	%
Percentage of revenues		13.3	%		14.9	%

The increase in research and development expenses in absolute dollars was attributable to the increase in personnel-related expenses of $815,000 primarily related to increases in our engineering personnel and a full year of JCA personnel expenses and increased project-related expenses of $307,000 to support increased development fee revenues.

Selling, general and administrative expenses


	Year Ended December 31,
	2005			2004			% Change
	(In thousands)

Selling, general and administrative expenses	$	9,327		$	7,527			23.9	%
Percentage of revenues		19.1	%		22.7	%

The increase in selling, general and administrative expenses in absolute dollars was attributable to the increase in personnel-related expenses of $969,000 primarily related to increases in personnel related to our defense

electronics and homeland security business and a full year of JCA personnel expenses. Additionally, we incurred non-payroll related expenses attributable to our compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or Section 404, of approximately $800,000 during 2005.

Transaction costs


	Year Ended
	December 31,
	2005		2004		% Change
	(In thousands)

Transaction costs	$	851	$	—		—

As part of a planned public offering of common stock we incurred $851,000 of transaction costs. During 2005, we postponed our proposed public offering indefinitely and expensed the $851,000 as a period expense. There were no similar costs in 2004.

In-process research and development


	Year Ended
	December 31,
	2005		2004		% Change
	(In thousands)

In-process research and development	$	—	$	320		(100.0	)%

As part of our acquisition of JCA in July 2004, we acquired $320,000 of in-process research and development, or IPRD. The value of the IPRD was determined based on a valuation analysis. The amount of the purchase price for JCA allocated to IPRD was determined through established valuation techniques generally accepted in the technology industry. The $320,000 allocated to the acquired IPRD was immediately expensed in the period the acquisition was completed because the projects associated with the IPRD had not yet reached technological feasibility and no future alternative uses existed for the technology. We had no IPRD in 2005.

Amortization of intangible assets


	Year Ended
	December 31,
	2005		2004		% Change
	(In thousands)

Cost of product revenues, amortization of intangible assets	$	452	$	187		141.7	%
Amortization of intangible assets	$	179	$	182		(1.6	)%

As part of our acquisition of JCA, we acquired $4.2 million of identifiable intangible assets, including approximately $2.3 million of developed technology, approximately $1.1 million for the JCA tradename, approximately $780,000 for customer relationships and approximately $140,000 for customer backlog. These assets are subject to amortization and have estimated useful lives as follows: developed technology, five years; customer backlog, six months; customer relationships, five years. The tradename is not subject to amortization and will be evaluated for impairment at least annually commencing one year after the acquisition or more frequently if events and changes in circumstances suggest that the carrying amount may not be recoverable.

The amortization associated with the developed technology is a charge to cost of product revenues. During 2005, $452,000 of amortization of developed technology was charged to cost of product revenues as we incurred a full year of the amortization. In 2004, we only incurred 5 months of amortization as JCA was purchased in July 2004. The amortization associated with the customer relationships and customer backlog is a charge to operating expenses. During 2005, $179,000 of amortization of customer relationships and customer backlog was charged to operating expenses. In 2004, we only incurred 5 months of amortization, however customer backlog was fully amortized during the first quarter of 2005.

Restructuring charges, net


	Year Ended
	December 31,
	2005			2004		% Change
	(In thousands)

Restructuring charges, net	$	(46	)	$	2,895		101.6	%

During 2005, we incurred a net benefit to restructuring expense related to the reversal of $46,000 of charges from the restructuring plan in connection with the acquisition of JCA. The original estimates of the charges related to the restructuring plan were higher than the final payouts resulting in the $46,000 benefit in 2005.

During 2004, we incurred a net lease termination fee of $2.9 million related to the termination of the lease agreement for our corporate headquarters in Sunnyvale, California. We also entered into a new lease for our corporate headquarters at a lower market rate. In addition, we reversed $4,000 associated with our restructuring plan for the third quarter of 2003, as we had overestimated the related charges at that time.

Impairment of long-lived assets


	Year Ended
	December 31,
	2005		2004		% Change
	(In thousands)

Impairment of long-lived assets	$	—	$	389		(100.0	)%

During 2004, we recorded a charge of $389,000 to write off the remaining carrying value of equipment held-for-sale and to write off sales tax capitalized as part of our acquisition of Stellex Broadband Wireless in April 2001. The equipment held-for-sale was determined to have no value based on a current market review of similar assets and our inability to sell the assets despite our marketing efforts. The sales tax was assessed in the third quarter of 2004 and was related to equipment that had been fully depreciated or impaired. There were no similar charges during 2005.

Loss (recovery) on building sublease


	Year Ended
	December 31,
	2005		2004			% Change
	(In thousands)

Loss (recovery) on building sublease	$	—	$	(359	)		(100.0	)%

During 2003, we recorded a charge of $662,000 associated with the sublease of our Sunnyvale, California headquarters building for the excess of the remaining lease obligations over the anticipated sublease income. During 2004, $359,000 of this loss was reversed as the sublease was terminated prior to its expiration date, as a part of the lease termination described above. There were no similar charges during 2005.

Amortization of deferred stock compensation


	Year Ended
	December 31,
	2005		2004		% Change
	(In thousands)

Amortization of deferred stock compensation	$	—	$	204		(100.0	)%

Deferred stock compensation charges consist primarily of charges related to the difference between deemed fair market values for financial reporting purposes on the date of employee option grants and the exercise price for option awards prior to our initial public offering, as well as expenses attributable to the acceleration of options. Deferred stock compensation is represented as a reduction of stockholders’ equity. As of June 2004, we fully amortized all deferred stock compensation and, consequently, did not have any deferred stock compensation charges in 2005 arising from these option awards.

Interest and other income, net


	Year Ended
	December 31,
	2005		2004		% Change
	(In thousands)

Interest expense	$	—	$	19		(100.0	)%
Interest and other income, net	$	776	$	1,144		(32.2	)%

Interest and other income, net consists primarily of interest income earned on our cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments and gains and losses on the sale of fixed assets, partially offset by interest expense on a note payable and capital equipment leases.

The decrease in interest expense was attributable to paying off the remaining balance on the note payable during 2004.

Interest and other income, net consists of interest income, contract termination fees and gains and losses on sale or abandonment of fixed assets. During 2005, we earned $648,000 of interest income compared with $430,000 in 2004 as interest rate increases in 2005 led to increased earnings on our investment portfolio. During 2005, we recognized $128,000 of other income primarily from the amortization of the deferred gain from our sale of the Diamond Springs, California location in 2004 partially offset by banking charges. During 2004, we recognized $714,000, primarily from the sale of land, fixed assets and assets held-for-sale and sublease income.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

At December 31, 2006, we had $26.2 million of cash and cash equivalents and $41.4 million in short-term investments, working capital of $83.0 million, and no long-term or short-term debt outstanding. The following table sets forth selected consolidated statements of cash flows data for our three most recent fiscal years.


	Year Ended December 31,
	2006			2005			2004
	(In thousands)

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities	$	2,776		$	(7,036	)	$	(4,822	)
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities		(29,343	)		5,758			1,751
Net cash provided by financing activities		44,287			4,926			1,471
Cash, cash equivalents, restricted cash and short-term investments at end of period	$	67,848		$	22,440		$	25,137

During 2006, $2.8 million of cash was generated in operating activities as compared to using $7.0 million in 2005. Our net loss adjusted for depreciation and other non-cash items, was income of $3.6 million in 2006 as compared to income of $1.2 million in 2005. The remaining use of $800,000 in cash in 2006 was primarily due to a $3.7 million increase in inventories and a $329,000 decrease in accrued warranty partially offset by a $1.8 million decrease in accounts receivable and a $1.3 million increase in accounts payable.

During 2005, we used $7.0 million of cash in operating activities as compared to using $4.8 million in 2004. Our net loss adjusted for depreciation and other non-cash items, was income of $1.2 million as compared to a net loss adjusted for depreciation and other non-cash items of $2.3 million in 2004. The decreased net loss in 2005 was primarily due to a 2004 related settlement fee payment of $3.0 million in consideration for the cancellation of an above-market lease on our previous Sunnyvale, California corporate headquarters. No similar amount was paid in 2005. The remaining use of $8.2 million in cash in 2005 was primarily due to a $5.6 million increase in inventories, a $1.8 million increase to accounts receivable, a decrease of $1.2 million in accrued warranty and a decrease in accounts payable of $633,000 partially offset by a $1.1 million increase in accrued compensation, restructuring and other current and long-term accrued liabilities.

Investing activities used cash of $29.3 million compared to $5.8 million of cash provided in 2005. The $29.3 million used by investing activities in 2006 was primarily due to the net purchase of short-term investments of $27.5 million and purchases of equipment of $1.7 million.

Investing activities provided cash of $5.8 million in 2005 compared to $1.8 million in 2004. The $5.8 million provided by investing activities in 2005 was primarily due to net maturity of short-term investments of $6.2 million partially offset by purchases of equipment of $416,000.

Financing activities provided cash of $44.3 million in 2006, as compared to $4.9 million in 2005. During the second quarter of 2006, we generated $43.1 million in net proceeds from the sale of 300,000 shares of Series B preferred stock and a warrant to purchase 90,000 shares of Series B preferred stock to Oak. In addition to the proceeds received from Oak, during 2006 we received $751,000 from the sale of common stock under our stock purchase plan and $429,000 from the exercise of stock options.

Financing activities provided cash of $4.9 million in 2005, as compared to $1.5 million in 2004. The $4.9 million provided by financing activities in 2005 was due to the proceeds from the exercise of employee stock options and stock issuances under our employee stock purchase plan.

At December 31, 2006, we had net unrealized losses of $25,000 related to $9.8 million of investments in five debt securities. The decline in value of these investments is primarily related to changes in interest rates. The investments all mature during 2007 and we believe that we have the ability to hold these investments until the maturity date. Realized gains and losses were insignificant for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004.

In order to maintain and enhance our competitive position, we must be able to satisfy our customers’ short lead-times and rapidly-changing needs. As a result of these challenges, we have significantly increased our raw materials inventory and added more finished products to our key customers’ consignment stocks so that they will be better-positioned to meet their own customers’ demand. These increases in raw materials and finished goods have significantly increased our working capital needs and may further increase our capital needs in the future.

We believe that our existing cash and investment balances will be sufficient to meet our operating and capital requirements for the next 12 months and the foreseeable future thereafter. However, additional financing may be required to fund acquisitions. As a result, we may need to raise additional capital in the future. Additional capital may not be available at all, or may only be available on terms unfavorable to us. With the exception of operating leases discussed in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included in this report, we have not entered into any off-balance sheet financing arrangements and we have not established or invested in any variable interest entities. We have not guaranteed the debt or obligations of other entities or entered into options on non-financial assets. The following table summarizes our future cash obligations for operating leases and purchase obligations, excluding interest:


	Payment Due by Period
			Less Than						More Than
	Total		1 Year		1-3 Years		3-5 Years		5 Years
	(In thousands)

Contractual Obligations:
Operating lease obligations	$	2,454	$	614	$	1,572	$	268	$	—
Purchase obligations		4,028		4,028		—		—		—

Total	$	6,482	$	4,642	$	1,572	$	268	$	—

We have purchase obligations to certain suppliers. In some cases the products we purchase are unique and have provisions against cancellation of the order. At December 31, 2006, we had approximately $4.0 million of purchase obligations, which are due within the following 12 months.

Other Long-Term Liabilities

At December 31, 2006 we had $231,000 of other long-term liabilities related to the deferred gain from a sale-leaseback transaction. We will recognize the remaining total deferred gain of $385,000 on a straight-line basis over

the term of the lease, which expires in 2009. The following table summarizes the future recognition of the deferred gain:


Years Ending December 31,	Deferred Gain
	(In thousands)

2007		154
2008		154
2009		77

Total minimum payments required	$	385

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In February 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 155, “Accounting for Certain Hybrid Financial Instruments-an amendment of FASB Statements No. 133 and 140”, or SFAS No. 155. SFAS No. 155 will be effective for us beginning in the first quarter of 2007. SFAS No. 155 permits interests in hybrid financial instruments that contain an embedded derivative that would otherwise require bifurcation, to be accounted for as a single financial instrument at fair value, with changes in fair value recognized in earnings. This election is permitted on an instrument-by-instrument basis for all hybrid financial instruments held, obtained, or issued as of the adoption date. We are currently evaluating the impact of SFAS No. 155 on our consolidated financial position and results of operations.

In June 2006, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 48 “Accounting For Uncertain Tax Positions — An Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109”, or FIN 48. FIN 48 clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements in accordance with FASB Statement No. 109 “Accounting for Income Taxes.” It prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. FIN 48 also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure, and transition. FIN 48 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006. We are currently evaluating the impact of FIN 48 on our financial position and results of operations.

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements”, or SFAS No. 157. SFAS No. 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. SFAS No. 157 does not require any new fair value measurements; rather, it applies under other accounting pronouncements that require or permit fair value measurements. The provisions of SFAS No. 157 are to be applied prospectively as of the beginning of the fiscal year in which it is initially applied, with any transition adjustment recognized as a cumulative-effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings. The provisions of SFAS No. 157 are effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007; therefore, we anticipate adopting this standard as of January 1, 2008. We are currently evaluating the impact of SFAS No. 157 on our consolidated financial position and results of operations.

In September 2006, the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 108, “Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements,” or SAB 108. SAB 108 is effective for fiscal years ending on or after November 15, 2006 and addresses how financial statement errors should be considered from a materiality perspective and corrected. The literature provides interpretive guidance on how the effects of the carryover or reversal of prior year misstatements should be considered in quantifying a current year misstatement. Historically, there have been two approaches commonly used to quantify such errors: (i) the “rollover” approach, which quantifies the error as the amount by which the current year income statement is misstated, and (ii) the “iron curtain” approach, which quantifies the error as the cumulative amount by which the current year balance sheet is misstated. The SEC Staff believes that companies should quantify errors using both approaches and evaluate whether either of these approaches results in quantifying a misstatement that, when all relevant quantitative and qualitative factors are considered, is material. We adopted SAB No. 108 in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2006 and it did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In June 2006, the Emerging Issues Task Force issued EITF 06-3, “How Taxes Collected from Customers and Remitted to Governmental Authorities Should Be Presented in the Income Statement (That Is, Gross versus Net Presentation),” or EITF 06-3, to clarify diversity in practice on the presentation of different types of taxes in the financial statements. The Task Force concluded that, for taxes within the scope of the issue, a company may adopt a policy of presenting taxes either gross within revenue or net. That is, it may include charges to customers for taxes within revenues and the charge for the taxes from the taxing authority within cost of sales, or, alternatively, it may net the charge to the customer and the charge from the taxing authority. If taxes subject to this Issue are significant, a company is required to disclose its accounting policy for presenting taxes and the amounts of such taxes that are recognized on a gross basis. The guidance in this consensus is effective for the first interim reporting period beginning after December 15, 2006. We are currently evaluating the impact of EITF 06-3 on our consolidated financial position and results of operations.

In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities-Including an Amendment of FASB Statement No. 115”, or SFAS No. 159, which permits entities to elect to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value that are not currently required to be measured at fair value. This election is irrevocable. SFAS No. 159 will be effective for us beginning on January 1, 2008. We are currently evaluating the impact of SFAS No. 159 on our consolidated financial position and results of operations.


Item 7A.	*Qualitative and Quantitative Disclosures about Market Risk*

Qualitative and Quantitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Our exposure to market risk for changes in interest rates relates primarily to our investment portfolio. In order to reduce this interest rate risk, we usually invest our cash in investments with short maturities. As of December 31, 2006, all of our investments in our portfolio were classified as cash equivalents or short-term investments and consisted primarily of commercial paper and government securities. Due to the generally short duration of these investments, a change in interest rates would not have a material effect on our financial condition or results of operations. Declines in interest rates over time will, however, reduce interest income.

Currently, all sales to international customers are denominated in United States dollars and, accordingly we are not exposed to foreign currency rate risks in connection with these sales. However, a strengthening dollar could make our products less competitive in foreign markets and thereby lead to a decrease in revenues attributable to international customers.


Item 8.	*Financial Statements and Supplementary Data*

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


	Page
	Number

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm		49
Consolidated Balance Sheets		50
Consolidated Statements of Operations		51
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity		52
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows		53
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements		54

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Endwave Corporation

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Endwave Corporation and its subsidiary (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2006. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in Item 15(a)(2). These consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Endwave Corporation and its subsidiary as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2006, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.

As discussed in Note 2 and Note 8 to the consolidated financial statements, on January 1, 2006 the Company changed its method of accounting for stock-based compensation as a result of adopting Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 (revised 2004), “Share-Based Payment” applying the modified prospective method.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated March 13, 2007 expressed an unqualified opinion on management’s assessment of, and the effective operation of, internal control over financial reporting.

/s/ Burr, Pilger, & Mayer LLP

San Jose, California

March 13, 2007

ENDWAVE CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS


	December 31,
	2006			2005
	(In thousands, except share and per share data)

ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	26,176		$	8,456
Short-term investments		41,411			13,959
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $131 in 2006 and $296 in 2005		8,713			10,487
Inventories		17,127			13,448
Other current assets		640			560

Total current assets		94,067			46,910
Property and equipment, net		2,024			1,321
Other assets		110			97
Restricted cash		261			25
Goodwill and intangible assets, net		4,191			4,796

Total assets	$	100,653		$	53,149


LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	$	4,280		$	2,954
Accrued warranty		2,928			3,257
Accrued compensation		2,652			2,494
Restructuring liabilities		—			20
Other current liabilities		1,164			956

Total current liabilities		11,024			9,681
Other long-term liabilities		231			385

Total liabilities		11,255			10,066

Commitments and contingencies (Note 10)
Stockholders’ equity:
Convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 5,000,000 shares authorized; 300,000 and zero shares issued and outstanding in 2006 and 2005, respectively		—			—
Common stock, $0.001 par value; 100,000,000 shares authorized; 11,556,946 and 11,358,816 shares issued and outstanding in 2006 and 2005, respectively		12			11
Additional paid-in capital		357,203			309,583
Treasury stock, at cost (39,150 shares in 2006 and 2005, respectively)		(79	)		(79	)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss		(25	)		(63	)
Accumulated deficit		(267,713	)		(266,369	)

Total stockholders’ equity		89,398			43,083

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity	$	100,653		$	53,149

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

ENDWAVE CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS


	Year Ended December 31,
	2006			2005			2004
	(In thousands, except share and per share data)

Revenues:
Product revenues ($0, $61, and $86 from affiliate, respectively)	$	60,956		$	47,119		$	32,330
Development fees		1,270			1,616			832

Total revenues		62,226			48,735			33,162

Costs and expenses:
Cost of product revenues ($0, $39 and $51 related to revenues from affiliate, respectively)**		43,771			33,134			22,389
Cost of product revenues, amortization of intangible assets		449			452			187
Research and development**		8,856			6,488			4,957
Selling, general and administrative**		12,689			9,327			7,527
Transaction costs		200			851			—
In-process research and development		—			—			320
Amortization of intangible assets		156			179			182
Restructuring charges, net		—			(46	)		2,895
Impairment of long-lived assets		—			—			389
Recovery on building sublease		—			—			(359	)
Amortization of deferred stock compensation*		—			—			204

Total costs and expenses		66,121			50,385			38,691

Loss from operations		(3,895	)		(1,650	)		(5,529	)
Interest and other income, net		2,648			776			1,144
Interest expense		—			—			(19	)

Loss before provision for income taxes		(1,247	)		(874	)		(4,404	)
Provision for income taxes		97			—			—

Net loss	$	(1,344	)	$	(874	)	$	(4,404	)

Basic and diluted net loss per share	$	(0.12	)	$	(0.08	)	$	(0.45	)

Shares used in computing basic and diluted net loss per share		11,429,860			10,891,431			9,824,633



* Amortization of deferred stock compensation:
Cost of product revenues	$	—		$	—		$	109
Research and development		—			—			44
Selling, general and administrative		—			—			51

	$	—		$	—		$	204

** Includes the following amounts related to stock-based compensation:
Cost of product revenues	$	435		$	—		$	—
Research and development		540			—			—
Selling, general and administrative		2,337			—			—

	$	3,312		$	—		$	—

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

ENDWAVE CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY


																		Accumulated
	Shares of				Shares of				Additional						Deferred			Other
	Preferred		Preferred		Common		Common		Paid-In			Treasury			Stock			Comprehensive			Accumulated
	Stock		Stock		Stock		Stock		Capital			Stock			Compensation			Income (Loss)			Deficit			Total
	(In thousands, except share data)

Balance as of December 31, 2003		—	$	—		9,347,585	$	9	$	302,427		$	(79	)	$	(221	)	$	(2	)	$	(261,091	)	$	41,043
Unrealized gain on short-term investments		—		—		—		—		—			—			—			(28	)		—			(28	)
Net loss		—		—		—		—		—			—			—			—			(4,404	)		(4,404	)

Comprehensive loss		—		—		—		—		—			—			—			—			—			(4,432	)
Exercise of stock options		—		—		936,991		1		2,047			—			—			—			—			2,048
Amortization of deferred stock compensation		—		—		—		—		—			—			204			—			—			204
Reversal of deferred stock compensation due to forfeited options		—		—		—		—		(17	)		—			17			—			—			—
Issuance of common stock under employee stock purchase plan		—		—		215,368		—		201			—			—			—			—			201

Balance as of December 31, 2004		—		—		10,499,944		10		304,658			(79	)		—			(30	)		(265,495	)		39,064
Unrealized loss on short-term investments		—		—		—		—		—			—			—			(33	)		—			(33	)
Net loss		—		—		—		—		—			—			—			—			(874	)		(874	)

Comprehensive loss		—		—		—		—		—			—			—			—			—			(907	)
Exercise of stock options		—		—		793,444		1		4,339			—			—			—			—			4,340
Issuance of common stock under employee stock purchase plan and other		—		—		65,428		—		586			—			—			—			—			586

Balance as of December 31, 2005		—		—		11,358,816		11		309,583			(79	)		—			(63	)		(266,369	)		43,083
Unrealized gain on short-term investments		—		—		—		—		—			—			—			38			—			38
Net loss		—		—		—		—		—			—			—			—			(1,344	)		(1,344	)

Comprehensive loss		—		—		—		—		—			—			—			—			—			(1,306	)
Exercise of stock options		—		—		120,395		1		428			—			—			—			—			429
Issuance of common stock under employee stock purchase plan		—		—		77,735		—		751			—			—			—			—			751
Stock-based compensation		—		—		—		—		3,321			—			—			—			—			3,321
Tax benefit from employee stock transactions		—		—		—		—		13			—			—			—			—			13
Issuance of preferred stock and warrant, net of issuance of $1,927		300,000		—		—		—		43,107			—			—			—			—			43,107

Balance as of December 31, 2006		300,000	$	—		11,556,946	$	12	$	357,203		$	(79	)	$	—		$	(25	)	$	(267,713	)	$	89,398

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

ENDWAVE CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS


	Year Ended December 31,
	2006			2005			2004
	(In thousands)

Operating activities:
Net loss	$	(1,344	)	$	(874	)	$	(4,404	)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
In-process research and development		—			—			320
Depreciation		858			1,465			1,619
Stock compensation expense		3,312			—			—
Restructuring charge, net		—			(46	)		(4	)
Recovery on building sublease		—			—			(359	)
Impairment of long-lived assets and other		—			—			389
Tax benefit from employee stock transactions		13			—			—
Amortization of intangible assets		605			631			369
Amortization of deferred stock compensation		—			—			204
Amortization of investments		55			148			148
Loss (gain) on the sale of land and equipment		77			(159	)		(535	)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable		1,774			(1,799	)		(1,493	)
Inventories		(3,670	)		(5,582	)		610
Other assets		(93	)		(55	)		160
Accounts payable		1,326			(633	)		400
Accrued warranty		(329	)		(1,231	)		(1,456	)
Accrued compensation, restructuring and other current and long term liabilities		192			1,099			(790	)

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities		2,776			(7,036	)		(4,822	)

Investing activities:
Cash paid in business combinations		—			(20	)		(6,067	)
Purchases of property and equipment		(1,650	)		(416	)		(460	)
Proceeds on sale of property and equipment		12			30			5,115
Decrease (increase) in restricted cash		(236	)		(25	)		778
Purchases of short term investments		(36,319	)		(14,528	)		(15,535	)
Proceeds on maturities of short-term investments		8,850			20,717			17,920

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities		(29,343	)		5,758			1,751

Financing activities:
Payments on notes payable		—			—			(778	)
Proceeds from the sale of Series B preferred stock and warrants, net of issuance costs		43,107			—			—
Proceeds from exercises of stock options		429			4,340			2,048
Proceeds from issuance of common stock		751			586			201

Net cash provided by financing activities		44,287			4,926			1,471

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents		17,720			3,648			(1,600	)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year		8,456			4,808			6,408

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year	$	26,176		$	8,456		$	4,808

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
Cash paid for interest	$	—		$	—		$	19

Non-cash transactions:
Unrealized gain (loss) on investments	$	38		$	(33	)	$	(28	)

Capitalized stock-based compensation	$	9		$	—		$	—

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

ENDWAVE CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


1.	The Company

Endwave Corporation and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Endwave Defense Systems Incorporated (together referred to as “Endwave” or the “Company”), design, manufacture and market radio frequency (“RF”) modules that enable the transmission, reception and processing of high frequency signals in telecommunication networks, defense electronics and homeland security systems. The Company’s RF modules are typically used in high-frequency applications and include:


	•	integrated transceivers — combinations of electronic devices that combine both the transmit and receive functions necessary for a bi-directional radio link;

	•	amplifiers — electronic devices used to increase the amplitude and power of an electronic signal;

	•	synthesizers — electronic devices that can be used to generate several different radio frequency signals from a single source;

	•	oscillators — electronic devices that generate alternating increasing and decreasing signals at specific intervals;

	•	up and down converters — electronic devices that shift the center frequency of a radio signal without altering the signal’s data modulation;

	•	frequency multipliers — electronic devices that increase the frequency of a radio signal in integer multiples; and

	•	microwave switch arrays — electronic devices that can switch the routing of a radio signal.


2.	Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements of Endwave include the financial results of Endwave Defense Systems Incorporated (formerly JCA Technologies, Inc.) from the date of its purchase, July 21, 2004, and have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

Reclassification

Certain prior year financial statement amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year’s presentation. These reclassifications had no impact on previously reported total assets, stockholders’ equity or net losses.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Revenue Recognition

The Company’s primary customers are telecom original equipment manufacturers (“OEM”) and defense electronics and homeland security systems integrators that integrate the Company’s products into their systems. The Company recognizes product revenues at the time title passes, which is generally upon product shipment or when withdrawn from a consignment location and when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, the seller’s price to the buyer is fixed or determinable, and collectibility is reasonably assured. After title passes, there are no customer acceptance requirements or other remaining

ENDWAVE CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

obligations and customers do not have a right of return. Revenues under development contracts are generally recorded on a percentage of completion basis, using project hours as the basis to measure progress toward completing the contract and recognizing revenues. The costs incurred under these development agreements are expensed as incurred and included in research and development expenses.

Warranty

The warranty periods for the Company’s products are between one and two years from date of shipment. The Company provides for estimated warranty expense at the time of shipment. While the Company engages in extensive product quality programs and processes, including actively monitoring and evaluating the quality of component suppliers, its warranty obligation is affected by product failure rates, material usage, and service delivery costs incurred in correcting a product failure. Should actual product failure rates, material usage, or service delivery costs differ from the estimates, revisions to the estimated warranty accrual and related costs may be required.

In March 2005, the Company entered into a settlement and release agreement with Northrop Grumman Space & Mission Systems Corp. (“Northrop Grumman”) to settle all matters related to direct and indirect costs associated with a degraded semiconductor component originally provided by their foundry. Northrop Grumman reimbursed the Company’s customer for indirect costs associated with a recall of the product incorporating the degraded semiconductor component. Under the settlement and release agreement, the Company obtained the right to make a final purchase of additional wafers at preferable pricing, agreed to pay $300,000 for final reimbursement of such indirect costs, and assumed sole responsibility for any future product failures attributable to the semiconductor component. In April 2005, Endwave paid the $300,000 settlement fee and relieved the related warranty accrual. The amount is included in “warranties settled or reversed” in the table below.

In November 2006, the Company entered into a memorandum of understanding with a customer releasing the Company from liability for all direct and indirect costs associated with the degraded semiconductor components noted above through the date of the memorandum of understanding. In exchange for this release, the Company agreed to complete repairs on 700 units for the customer at no charge. Based on this agreement, the Company released net warranty reserves of $1.3 million associated with the direct and indirect costs of replacing degraded components. The amount is included in “warranties settled or reversed” in the table below. This decrease in warranty reserves was offset by an increase to the Company’s general warranty reserve due to an increased return rate on the Company’s products during the year. The increase in return rate led to an increase in warranty reserves of $1.4 million and is included in “warranties accrued” in the table below.

Changes in the Company’s accrued warranty during the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005 are as follows:


	2006			2005
	(In thousands)

Balance at January 1	$	3,257		$	4,488
Warranties accrued		2,150			700
Warranties settled or reversed		(2,479	)		(1,931	)

Balance at December 31	$	2,928		$	3,257

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of its customers to make required payments. The Company provides an allowance for specific customer accounts where collection is doubtful and also provides an allowance for other accounts based on historical collection and

ENDWAVE CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

write-off experience. If the financial condition of customers were to deteriorate, resulting in an impairment of their ability to make payments, additional allowances may be required.

Cash Equivalents and Short-Term Investments

The Company invests its excess cash primarily in highly liquid investment grade commercial paper and money market accounts with four United States banks.

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with maturities of 90 days or less from the date of purchase to be cash equivalents. Management has classified the Company’s short-term investments as available-for-sale securities in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. Available-for-sale securities are carried at fair value based on quoted market prices, with unrealized gains and losses, net of tax, included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in stockholders’ equity. Interest income is recorded using an effective interest rate, with the associated premium or discount amortized to interest income. Realized gains and losses and declines in the value of securities determined to be other-than-temporary are included in interest and other income. The cost of securities sold is based on the specific identification method.

Restricted Cash

Restricted cash represents two certificates of deposit held by a financial institution as collateral for two letters of credit in connection with the Company’s building leases. During the second quarter of 2006, the Company executed an agreement to lease 32,805 square feet in San Jose, California. In connection with the leasing of this property, the Company established a $236,000 certificate of deposit as collateral for a letter of credit. The Company is able to reduce the certificate of deposit and its restricted cash balance upon meeting certain revenue levels.

In addition, the Company has a $25,000 certificate of deposit that secures a letter of credit in connection with the Company’s building lease in Andover, Massachusetts. The $25,000 certificate of deposit will be maintained by the Company for the term of the lease, which terminates on November 30, 2008.

Inventory Valuation

Inventories are stated at the lower of standard cost (determined on a first-in, first-out basis) or market (net realizable value). Standard costs approximate average actual costs. The Company makes inventory provisions for estimated excess and obsolete inventory based on management’s assessment of future demand and market conditions. If actual future demand or market conditions are less favorable than those projected by management, additional inventory write-downs may be required.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is computed on a straight-line basis over the useful lives of the assets, ranging from three to seven years. Leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight-line method based upon the shorter of the estimated useful lives or the lease term of the respective assets. Repairs and maintenance costs are charged to expense as incurred.


	Depreciable
	Life

Software		3 years
Leasehold improvements		2 to 5 years
Machinery and equipment		5 to 7 years

ENDWAVE CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired in a business combination. Intangible assets resulting from the acquisitions of entities accounted for using the purchase method of accounting are estimated by management based on the fair value of assets received. Identifiable intangible assets are comprised of developed technologies, tradenames, customer relationships, and customer backlog. Identifiable intangible assets are being amortized using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives ranging from six months to five years. In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” goodwill is no longer subject to amortization. Rather, the Company evaluates goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives for impairment at least annually in the third quarter, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances suggest that the carrying amount may not be recoverable.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company reviews long-lived assets and identifiable intangible assets for impairment, whenever certain events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of these assets may not be recoverable. Such events or circumstances include, but are not limited to, a prolonged industry downturn, or a significant reduction in projected future cash flows.

For long-lived assets used in operations, the Company records impairment losses when events and circumstances indicate that these assets might be impaired and the undiscounted cash flows estimated to be generated by those assets are less than the carrying amounts of those assets. If less, the impairment losses are based on the excess of the carrying amounts over their respective fair values. Their fair values would then become the new cost basis. Fair value is determined by discounted future cash flows, appraisals, or other methods. For assets to be disposed of other than by sale, impairment losses are measured as the excess of their carrying amount over the salvage value, if any, at the time the assets cease to be used.

During the third quarter of 2004, the Company recorded a charge of $389,000 to write off the remaining carrying value of equipment held-for-sale and to write off sales tax assessed as part of the Company’s acquisition of Stellex Broadband Wireless in 2001.

Income Taxes

Income taxes have been provided using the liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse.

Restructuring Charges

In July 2002, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 146, “Accounting for Costs associated with Exit or Disposal Activities”, or SFAS No. 146. SFAS No. 146 addresses financial accounting and reporting for costs associated with exit or disposal activities and nullifies Emerging Issues Tax Force (“EITF”) No. 94-3, “Liability Recognition for Certain Employee Termination Benefits and Other Costs to Exit an Activity (including Certain Costs Incurred in a Restructuring),” or EITF 94-3. SFAS No. 146 requires that a liability for an exit cost associated with an exit or disposal activity be recognized when the liability is incurred. The Company adopted SFAS No. 146 prospectively as of January 1, 2003, and the adoption did not have a material impact on the Company’s operating results.

Stock-Based Compensation

Effective January 1, 2006, the Company adopted the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 123 (revised 2004) “Share-Based Payment,” or SFAS No. 123(R). SFAS No. 123(R)

ENDWAVE CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

establishes accounting for stock-based awards exchanged for employee services. Accordingly, stock-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date, based on the fair value of the award, and is recognized as expense over the requisite service period. All of the Company’s stock compensation is accounted for as an equity instrument. The Company previously applied Accounting Principles Board (“APB”) Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees,” or APB 25, and related interpretations and provided the required pro forma disclosures of SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation,” or SFAS No. 123.

Upon adoption of SFAS No. 123(R), the Company elected the alternative transition method for calculating the tax effects of stock-based compensation pursuant to SFAS No. 123(R). The alternative transition method provides a simplified method to establish the beginning balance of the additional paid-in capital pool, or APIC Pool, related to the tax effects of employee stock-based compensation, and to determine the subsequent impact on the APIC Pool and consolidated statements of cash flows of the tax effects of employee stock-based compensation awards that are outstanding upon adoption of SFAS No. 123(R).

Consistent with prior years, the Company uses the “with and without” approach as described in Emerging Issues Task Force Topic No. D-32 in determining the order in which its tax attributes are utilized. The “with and without” approach results in the recognition of the windfall stock option tax benefits after all other tax attributes have been considered in the annual tax accrual computation. SFAS No. 123(R) prohibits the recognition of a deferred tax asset for an excess tax benefit that has not yet been realized. As a result, the Company will only recognize a benefit from stock-based compensation in paid-in capital if an incremental tax benefit is realized after all other tax attributes currently available to it have been utilized. In addition, the Company has elected to account for the indirect benefits of stock-based compensation on items such as the alternative minimum tax, the research tax credit or the domestic manufacturing deduction through the consolidated statements of operations rather than through paid-in capital.

The Company accounts for equity instruments issued to non-employees in accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 123, Emerging Issues Task Force Issue No. 96-18, “Accounting for Equity Instruments That Are Issued to Other Than Employees for Acquiring, or in Conjunction with Selling, Goods or Services,” and FASB Interpretation No. 28, “Accounting for Stock Appreciation Rights and Other Variable Stock Option or Award Plans.”

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenses are charged to operating expenses as incurred and consist primarily of salaries and related expenses for research and development personnel, outside professional services, prototype materials, supplies and labor, depreciation for related equipment, allocated facilities costs and expenses related to stock-based compensation.

Concentration of Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to significant concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash equivalents, short-term investments, and trade receivables.

The Company sells its products primarily to telecom OEMs and defense electronics and homeland security systems integrators. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers and generally does not require collateral. The Company maintains reserves for potential credit losses and such losses have historically been within management’s expectations. Concentrations of credit risk with respect to trade accounts receivable are due to the few number of entities comprising the Company’s customer base.

Revenue from three major customers accounted for 79% of total revenue in 2006. As of December 31, 2006, three customers accounted for 28%, 27%, and 24%, respectively, of the Company’s accounts receivable. Three major customers accounted for 73% of total revenue in 2005. As of December 31, 2005, three customers accounted for 37%, 20% and 15%, respectively, of the Company’s accounts receivable. Three major customers accounted for

ENDWAVE CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

72% of total revenues in 2004. As of December 31, 2004, two customers accounted for 49% and 16%, respectively, of the Company’s accounts receivable.

In 2006, 2005, and 2004, 84%, 82%, and 80%, respectively, of the Company’s total revenues were derived from sales invoiced and shipped to customers outside the United States.

The Company designs custom semiconductor devices. However, the Company does not own or operate a semiconductor fabrication facility (a “foundry”) and depends upon a limited number of third parties to produce these components. The Company’s use of various third-party foundries gives it the flexibility to use the process technology that is best suited for each application and eliminates the need for the Company to invest in and maintain its own foundry. The Company’s primary foundry is a division of Northrop Grumman, which is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Northrop Grumman Corporation, and is referred to in these consolidated financial statements as Velocium. The loss of the Company’s relationship with or access to the foundries it currently uses, particularly Velocium, and any resulting delay or reduction in the supply of semiconductors to the Company, would severely impact the Company’s ability to fulfill customer orders and could damage its relationships with its customers. The Company’s current supply agreement with Velocium expires in September 2008. While the Company believes it is a significant customer of and does not anticipate an interruption in its relationship with Velocium, there can be no assurance that Velocium will renew its agreement with the Company. The Company estimates that it may take up to six months to shift production of a given semiconductor circuit design to a new foundry.

The Company also may not be successful in forming alternative supply arrangements that provide a sufficient supply of gallium arsenide devices. Because there are limited numbers of third-party foundries that use the particular process technologies the Company selects for its products and have sufficient capacity to meet its needs, using alternative or additional third-party foundries would require an extensive qualification process that could prevent or delay product shipments and their associated revenues.

Because the Company does not own or control any of these third-party semiconductor suppliers, any change in the corporate structure or ownership of the corporations that own these foundries, could have a negative effect on future relationships and ability to negotiate favorable supply agreements.

The Company outsources the assembly and testing of most of its telecommunication related products to a Thailand facility of HANA Microelectronics Co., Ltd., or HANA, a contract manufacturer. The Company plans to continue this arrangement as a key element of its operating strategy. If HANA does not provide the Company with high quality products and services in a timely manner, or terminates its relationship with the Company, the Company may be unable to obtain a satisfactory replacement to fulfill customer orders on a timely basis. In the event of an interruption of supply from HANA, sales of the Company’s products could be delayed or lost and the Company’s reputation could be harmed. The Company’s manufacturing agreement with HANA currently expires in October 2008 but will renew automatically for successive one-year periods unless either party notifies the other of its desire to terminate the agreement at least one year prior to the expiration of the term. In addition, either party may terminate the agreement without cause upon 365 days prior written notice to the other party, and either party may terminate the agreement if the non-terminating party is in material breach and does not cure the breach within 30 days after notice of the breach is given by the terminating party. There can be no guarantee that HANA will not seek to terminate its agreement with the Company.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The amounts reported as cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities approximate fair value due to their short-term maturities. The fair value for the Company’s investments in marketable debt securities is estimated based on quoted market prices.

ENDWAVE CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The following estimated fair value amounts have been determined using available market information. However, considerable judgment is required in interpreting market data to develop the estimates of fair value. Accordingly, the estimates presented herein are not necessarily indicative of the amounts that the Company could realize in a current market exchange.


	December 31, 2006
			Gross		Gross
	Amortized		Unrealized		Unrealized			Estimated
	Cost		Gains		Losses			Fair Value
			(In thousands)

Short-term investments:
United States government agencies	$	2,000	$	—	$	(11	)	$	1,989
Corporate securities		3,871		—		(9	)		3,862
Obligations of states and political subdivisions		29,750		—		—			29,750
Commercial paper		5,815		—		(5	)	$	5,810

Total	$	41,436	$	—	$	(25	)	$	41,411

Cash equivalents:
Commercial paper	$	21,799	$	—	$	—		$	21,799


	December 31, 2005
			Gross		Gross
	Amortized		Unrealized		Unrealized			Estimated
	Cost		Gains		Losses			Fair Value
			(In thousands)

Short-term investments:
United States government agencies	$	2,000	$	—	$	(19	)	$	1,981
Corporate securities		3,122		—		(44	)		3,078
Obligations of states and political subdivisions		8,900		—		—			8,900

Total	$	14,022	$	—	$	(63	)	$	13,959

Cash equivalents:
Commercial paper	$	1,898	$	—	$	—		$	1,898

At December 31, 2006, the Company had $41.4 million of short-term investments with maturities of less than one year.

At December 31, 2006, the Company had net unrealized losses of $25,000 related to $9.8 million of investments in five debt securities. These securities were in an unrealized loss position for a period of greater than one year. The decline in value of these investments is primarily related to changes in interest rates. The investments all mature during 2007 and the Company believes that it has the ability to hold these investments until the maturity date. Realized gains and losses were insignificant for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004.

The Company reviews its investment portfolio to identify and evaluate investments that have indications of possible impairment. Factors considered in determining whether a loss is temporary include the length of time and extent to which fair value has been less than the cost basis, credit quality and the Company’s ability to hold the investment for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in market value.

Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Comprehensive income (loss) generally represents all changes in stockholders’ equity except those resulting from investments or contributions by stockholders. The Company’s unrealized gains and losses on its

ENDWAVE CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

available-for-sale securities represents the only component of comprehensive income (loss) excluded from the reported net loss and is displayed in the statements of stockholders’ equity.

Net Loss Per Share

Basic net loss per share is computed by dividing net loss by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted net loss per share is computed by dividing the net loss for the period by the weighted average number of shares of common stock and potential common stock equivalents outstanding during the period, if dilutive. Potential common stock equivalents include convertible preferred stock, warrants to purchase convertible preferred stock, stock options to purchase common stock, and shares to be purchased in connection with the Company’s stock purchase plan.

The Company’s currently-outstanding 300,000 preferred shares were convertible into 3,000,000 shares of common stock as of December 31, 2006. Additionally, as of December 31, 2006 the Company had a warrant outstanding that granted the holder the right to purchase 90,000 shares of Series B preferred stock, which were convertible into 900,000 shares of common stock.

As the Company incurred net losses for all periods presented, diluted net loss per share is the same as basic net loss per share for all periods presented. Shares associated with common stock issuable upon the conversion of the preferred shares or the exercise of the outstanding warrants were not included in the calculation of diluted net income per share, as the effect would be anti-dilutive. Potential dilutive common shares of 1,732,699 in 2006, 1,292,877 in 2005, and 1,588,360 in 2004 from the assumed exercise of stock options were not included in the net loss per share calculations as their inclusion would have been anti-dilutive.

Advertising Costs

The Company expenses all advertising costs as incurred and the amounts were not material for all periods presented.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In February 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 155, “Accounting for Certain Hybrid Financial Instruments-an amendment of FASB Statements No. 133 and 140,” or SFAS No. 155. SFAS No. 155 will be effective for the Company beginning in the first quarter of 2007. SFAS No. 155 permits interests in hybrid financial instruments that contain an embedded derivative that would otherwise require bifurcation, to be accounted for as a single financial instrument at fair value, with changes in fair value recognized in earnings. This election is permitted on an instrument-by-instrument basis for all hybrid financial instruments held, obtained, or issued as of the adoption date. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of SFAS No. 155 to its consolidated financial position and results of operations.

In June 2006, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 48 “Accounting For Uncertain Tax Positions — An Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109,” or FIN 48. FIN 48 clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements in accordance with FASB Statement No. 109 “Accounting for Income Taxes.” It prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. FIN 48 also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure, and transition. FIN 48 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of FIN 48 to its consolidated financial position and results of operations.

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements,” or SFAS No. 157. SFAS No. 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. SFAS No. 157 does not require any new fair value measurements; rather, it applies under other accounting pronouncements that require or

ENDWAVE CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

permit fair value measurements. The provisions of SFAS No. 157 are to be applied prospectively as of the beginning of the fiscal year in which it is initially applied, with any transition adjustment recognized as a cumulative-effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings. The provisions of SFAS No. 157 are effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007; therefore, the Company anticipates adopting this standard as of January 1, 2008. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of SFAS No. 157 to its consolidated financial position and results of operations.

In September 2006, the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 108, “Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements,” or SAB 108. SAB 108 is effective for fiscal years ending on or after November 15, 2006 and addresses how financial statement errors should be considered from a materiality perspective and corrected. The literature provides interpretive guidance on how the effects of the carryover or reversal of prior year misstatements should be considered in quantifying a current year misstatement. Historically, there have been two approaches commonly used to quantify such errors: (i) the “rollover” approach, which quantifies the error as the amount by which the current year income statement is misstated, and (ii) the “iron curtain” approach, which quantifies the error as the cumulative amount by which the current year balance sheet is misstated. The SEC Staff believes that companies should quantify errors using both approaches and evaluate whether either of these approaches results in quantifying a misstatement that, when all relevant quantitative and qualitative factors are considered, is material. The Company adopted SAB No. 108 in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2006 and it did not have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In June 2006, the Emerging Issues Task Force issued EITF 06-3, “How Taxes Collected from Customers and Remitted to Governmental Authorities Should Be Presented in the Income Statement (That Is, Gross versus Net Presentation),” or EITF 06-3, to clarify diversity in practice on the presentation of different types of taxes in the financial statements. The Task Force concluded that, for taxes within the scope of the issue, a company may adopt a policy of presenting taxes either gross within revenue or net. That is, it may include charges to customers for taxes within revenues and the charge for the taxes from the taxing authority within cost of sales, or, alternatively, it may net the charge to the customer and the charge from the taxing authority. If taxes subject to this Issue are significant, a company is required to disclose its accounting policy for presenting taxes and the amounts of such taxes that are recognized on a gross basis. The guidance in this consensus is effective for the first interim reporting period beginning after December 15, 2006. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of EITF 06-3 to its consolidated financial position and results of operations.

In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities-Including an Amendment of FASB Statement No. 115,” or SFAS No. 159, which permits entities to elect to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value that are not currently required to be measured at fair value. This election is irrevocable. SFAS No. 159 will be effective for the Company on January 1, 2008. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of SFAS No. 159 to its consolidated financial position and results of operations.


3.	Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill

At December 31, 2006 the Company had goodwill of $1.6 million associated with the purchase of JCA Technologies, Inc. (“JCA”). See Note 14 for additional information. The Company conducted its 2006 annual goodwill impairment analysis in the third quarter of 2006 and no goodwill impairment was indicated.

ENDWAVE CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Intangible Assets

The components of intangible assets are as follows (in thousands):


	December 31, 2006
	Gross Carrying		Accumulated			Net Carrying
	Amount		Amortization			Amount

Developed technology	$	2,250	$	(1,088	)	$	1,162
Tradename		1,060		—			1,060
Customer relationships		780		(377	)		403
Customer backlog		140		(140	)		—

Intangible assets	$	4,230	$	(1,605	)	$	2,625


	December 31, 2005
	Gross Carrying		Accumulated			Net Carrying
	Amount		Amortization			Amount

Developed technology	$	2,250	$	(639	)	$	1,611
Tradename		1,060		—			1,060
Customer relationships		780		(221	)		559
Customer backlog		140		(140	)		—

Intangible assets	$	4,230	$	(1,000	)	$	3,230

The identifiable intangible assets are subject to amortization and have approximate original estimated weighted-average useful lives as follows: developed technology — five years, customer backlog — six months and customer relationships — five years.

The tradename has a gross carrying value of $1.1 million and is not subject to amortization and is evaluated for impairment at least annually or more frequently if events and changes in circumstances suggest that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. The Company conducted its 2006 annual impairment analysis of the tradename in the third quarter of 2006 and no impairment was indicated.

The future amortization of the identifiable intangible assets is as follows (in thousands):


Years Ending December 31,

2007	$	606
2008		606
2009		353

Total	$	1,565


4.	Inventories

Inventories are comprised of the following at December 31 (in thousands):


	2006		2005

Raw materials	$	10,174	$	10,181
Work in process		1,829		1,509
Finished goods		5,124		1,758

Total	$	17,127	$	13,448

ENDWAVE CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

5. Property and Equipment

Property and equipment consist of the following at December 31 (in thousands):


	2006			2005

Machinery and equipment	$	11,773		$	11,032
Software		702			618
Leasehold improvements		350			93

		12,825			11,743
Less accumulated depreciation		(10,801	)		(10,422	)

Property and equipment, net	$	2,024		$	1,321

During the third quarter of 2006, the Company moved its corporate headquarters to San Jose, California. As part of the move the Company capitalized $326,000 of leasehold improvements that will be depreciated over the remaining life of the lease ending in 2011. The Company also recognized a loss of $77,000 for the retirement of fixed assets related to its previous corporate headquarters.

During the second quarter of 2004, the Company finalized the sale of its land and buildings located in Diamond Springs, California. The Company received $4.3 million for the land and buildings, net of related closing costs and legal fees. The net book value of the property on the date of sale was $3.5 million. At the time of the closing, the Company entered into a five-year operating lease with the new owner for one of the buildings. As a result of the sale-leaseback transaction, the Company will recognize a gain of $770,000 on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease, which expires in 2009. Deferred gain recognized on the sale-leaseback was approximately $154,000 and $153,000 for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. At December 31, 2006, the remaining deferred gain is $385,000 and is included in other current and long-term liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet.


6.	Restructuring Charges, Net and Loss on Sublease

During 2004, in connection with the acquisition of JCA, the Company recorded a charge for restructuring of $431,000. The charge was included as part of the purchase price allocation in accordance with Emerging Issues Task Force No. 95-3, “Recognition of Liabilities in Connection with a Purchase Business Combination.” The Company terminated a total of 39 employees, in order to eliminate duplicative activities and to reduce the cost structure of the combined company. These terminations primarily affected the manufacturing and operations group. The charge was for the related severance, benefits, payroll taxes and other associated costs. During 2005, the Company incurred a net benefit to restructuring expense of $46,000 as the original estimate of charges related to the restructuring plan were higher than the final payouts.


	Severance Benefits
	(In thousands)

Restructuring charge	$	431
Cash payments		(238	)

Accrual at December 31, 2004		193
Cash payments		(147	)
Restructuring charge adjustment		(46	)

Accrual at December 31, 2005	$	—

Effective January 2004, the Company executed several agreements related to the lease of its Sunnyvale headquarters. Due to declining commercial real estate lease rates, the original lease executed in August 2001 was at an above market rate, and would have expired in July 2006. This lease was cancelled, effective January 2004, and

ENDWAVE CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

the Company exited the property. In consideration for the cancellation, the Company paid the landlord a settlement fee resulting in a net lease termination expense of $2.9 million.

Loss on Sublease

During the first quarter of 2003, the Company subleased 12,700 square feet of its Sunnyvale, California headquarter building to an unrelated third party. The rental income for the lease period was less than the rental expense that would be incurred and, therefore, a loss at sublease inception of $662,000 was incurred. During the first quarter of 2004, $359,000 of this loss was reversed as the sublease was terminated prior to its expiration date, as part of the overall lease termination described above.


7.	Segment Disclosures

The Company operates in a single business segment. Although the Company sells to customers in various geographic regions throughout the world, the end customers may be located elsewhere. The Company’s total revenues by billing location for the years ended December 31 were as follows (in thousands):


	2006				2005				2004

United States	$	9,812	15.8	%	$	8,917	18.3	%	$	6,538	19.7	%
Finland		26,332	42.3	%		23,717	48.8	%		18,545	55.9	%
Italy		14,074	22.6	%		7,754	15.9	%		1,672	5.0	%
Norway		7,777	12.5	%		3,762	7.7	%		155	0.5	%
Rest of the world		4,231	6.8	%		4,585	9.3	%		6,252	18.9	%

Total	$	62,226	100.0	%	$	48,735	100.0	%	$	33,162	100.0	%

For the year ended December 31, 2006, Nokia, Siemens AG and Nera ASA accounted for 42%, 23% and 14% of total product revenues, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2005, Nokia, Siemens AG and Nera ASA accounted for 47%, 16% and 10% of total product revenues, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2004, Nokia and Nera ASA accounted for 55% and 10% of total product revenues, respectively.

Substantially all long-lived assets are located in the United States of America.


8.	Stock-Based Compensation

Prior to the Adoption of SFAS No. 123(R)

Prior to the adoption of SFAS No. 123(R), the Company provided the disclosures required under SFAS No. 123, as amended by SFAS No. 148, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation — Transition and Disclosures.”

ENDWAVE CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The pro-forma information for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 was as follows (in thousands except per share data):


	2005			2004

Net loss, as reported	$	(874	)	$	(4,404	)
Add: Stock-based employee compensation expense included in reported net loss		—			204
Deduct: Total stock-based employee compensation expense determined under fair value based method for stock option awards and employee stock purchase rights		(7,969	)		(2,925	)

Net loss, pro forma	$	(8,843	)	$	(7,125	)

Basic and diluted net loss per share, as reported	$	(0.08	)	$	(0.45	)
Basic and diluted net loss per share, pro forma	$	(0.81	)	$	(0.73	)

On December 30, 2005, the Board of Directors unanimously approved accelerating the vesting of certain eligible options. Eligible options were defined as unvested stock options held by then current employees, including executive officers, with an exercise price of $21.00 per share or higher. No options held by non-employee directors were subject to acceleration. This resulted in the accelerated vesting of options to purchase 338,995 shares of common stock of the Company with a weighted average price of $27.68 per share. The closing market price of the Company’s common stock on December 29, 2005, the last full trading day before the date of acceleration, was $11.64 per share.

The Board of Directors approved the accelerated vesting of these options to avoid recognizing compensation expense that the Company would have otherwise been required to report in its statement of operations upon adoption of SFAS No. 123(R) in the first quarter of 2006. The Company’s stock-based compensation expense under the fair value method presented in its pro forma amounts includes expense of approximately $3.3 million for the fourth quarter of 2005 as a result of the accelerated stock option vesting.

Impact of the Adoption of SFAS No. 123(R)

The Company elected to adopt the modified prospective application method as provided by SFAS No. 123(R). The effect of recording stock-based compensation for the twelve months ended December 31, 2006 was as follows (in thousands, except per share data):


	Year Ended
	December 31,
	2006

Stock-based compensation expense by type of award:
Employee stock options	$	2,900
Employee stock purchase plan		421
Amounts capitalized as inventory		(9	)

Total stock-based compensation		3,312
Tax effect on stock-based compensation		—

Total stock-based compensation expense	$	3,312

Impact on basic and diluted net loss per share	$	(0.29	)

As of January 1, 2006, the Company had an unrecorded deferred stock-based compensation balance related to stock options of approximately $2.9 million before estimated forfeitures. In the Company’s pro forma disclosures prior to the adoption of SFAS No. 123(R), the Company accounted for forfeitures upon occurrence.

ENDWAVE CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

SFAS No. 123(R) requires forfeitures to be estimated at the time of grant and revised if necessary in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. Based on the Company’s historical experience of option pre-vesting cancellations and estimates of future forfeiture rates, the Company has assumed an annualized forfeiture rate of 15% for its options. Accordingly, as of January 1, 2006, the Company estimated that the stock-based compensation for the awards not expected to vest was approximately $0.8 million, and therefore, the unrecorded deferred stock-based compensation balance related to stock options was adjusted to approximately $2.1 million after estimated forfeitures.

During the year ended December 31, 2006, the Company granted options to purchase 608,300 shares of its common stock with an estimated total grant date fair value of $4.0 million. Of this amount, the Company estimated that the stock-based compensation for the awards not expected to vest was $1.1 million.

As of December 31, 2006, the unrecorded deferred stock-based compensation balance related to stock options was $2.1 million and will be recognized over an estimated weighted average amortization period of 1.3 years. As of December 31, 2006, the unrecorded deferred stock-based compensation balance related to the stock purchase plan was $190,000 and will be recognized over an estimated weighted average amortization period of 0.7 years.

Valuation Assumptions

The Company estimates the fair value of stock options using the Black-Scholes valuation model, consistent with the provisions of SFAS No. 123(R), Securities and Exchange Commission Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107 and the Company’s prior period pro forma disclosures of net loss, including stock-based compensation (determined under a fair value method as prescribed by SFAS No. 123).

The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option valuation model and the graded-vesting method with the following weighted average assumptions:


	Year Ended December 31,
	2006			2005			2004

Stock Option Plans
Expected dividend yield		0.0	%		0.0	%		0.0	%
Expected stock price volatility		79	%		78	%		82	%
Risk free interest rate		4.69	%		4.04	%		3.36	%
Expected life of options in years		5 years			5 years			5 years

The fair value of shares under the employee stock purchase plan is estimated using the Black-Scholes valuation model and the graded-vesting method with the following weighted average assumptions:


	Year Ended December 31,
	2006			2005			2004

Employee Stock Purchase Plan
Expected dividend yield		0.0	%		0.0	%		0.0	%
Expected stock price volatility		51	%		72	%		79	%
Risk free interest rate		4.79	%		3.58	%		1.57	%
Expected life of options in years		1.3 years			0.5 years			0.5 years

The dividend yield of zero is based on the fact that the Company has never paid cash dividends and has no present intention to pay cash dividends. Expected volatility is based on the combination of historical volatility of the Company’s common stock and the expected moderation in future volatility over the period commensurate with the expected life of the options and other factors. The risk-free interest rates are taken from the Daily Federal Yield Curve Rates as of the grant dates as published by the Federal Reserve and represent the yields on actively traded

ENDWAVE CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Treasury securities for terms equal to the expected term of the options. The expected term calculation is based on the Company’s observed historical option exercise behavior and post-vesting forfeitures of options by employees.

The weighted average grant date fair value for stock-based options during 2006, 2005 and 2004 was $6.53, $13.05 and $8.06, per share, respectively. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 was $1.1 million, $19.9 million and $9.4 million, respectively.

The weighted average grant date fair value of purchase rights granted under the employee stock purchase plan during the year was $5.16, $7.62, and $2.75 for 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

Deferred Stock Compensation

In connection with the deferred compensation totaling approximately $20,218,000 related to the grant of stock options to employees prior to the initial public offering, the Company amortized approximately $0, $0, and $204,000 in 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. During 2004, the Company recorded approximately $17,000 as a reduction in deferred compensation and additional paid-in capital due to the forfeiture of unvested shares for terminated employees.


9.	Stockholders’ Equity

Preferred Stock and Warrant Purchase Agreement

The Company had 5,000,000 shares of convertible preferred stock authorized as of December 31, 2006 and 2005.

Effective April 24, 2006, the Company entered into a Preferred Stock and Warrant Purchase Agreement (the “purchase agreement”) with Oak Investment Partners XI, Limited Partnership (“Oak”). Pursuant to the purchase agreement, Oak purchased 300,000 shares of the Company’s Series B preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share, for $150 per preferred share. The preferred shares are convertible initially into 3,000,000 shares of common stock, for an effective purchase price of $15 per common share equivalent. The preferred shares will be automatically converted into common stock on the first date after April 24, 2008 on which the volume weighted average price of the common stock of the Company for the thirty business days immediately preceding the date of measurement is above $37.50. The Company also issued Oak a warrant (the “Warrant”) granting Oak the right to purchase an additional 90,000 shares of Series B preferred stock at an exercise price of $150 per share, which shares are convertible initially into 900,000 shares of common stock for an effective exercise price of $15 per common share equivalent. The Warrant was sold for a purchase price of $33,750, expires three years from the date of purchase and includes a “cashless exercise” feature.

The Company received gross proceeds of $45.0 million from the sale of the Series B preferred stock and the Warrant and net proceeds of $43.1 million after the payment of legal fees and other expenses including commissions to Needham & Co., the Company’s sole placement agent and financial advisor for the private placement. The Series B preferred stock and the Warrant were issued pursuant to an exemption from registration provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

The Company was required to allocate the gross proceeds of the Oak financing to the shares of Series B preferred stock and the Warrant, based on the relative fair values of the securities. The Company determined the relative fair values of the securities using a valuation analysis. In order to determine the value of the Company’s Series B preferred stock and related Warrant, an equity allocation model based on the Black-Scholes valuation model as of the valuation date was utilized.

The analysis allocated the aggregate equity value to the various securities in the Company’s capital structure in accordance with each security’s rights and privileges. The Black-Scholes valuation model is a widely accepted formula used to estimate the value of options based on variables including the time to expiration, volatility and prevailing risk-free interest rate. The analysis used the Black-Scholes valuation model and included the following

ENDWAVE CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

variables: 3 years for the time to expiration, 55% volatility, 0% dividend rate and 4.97% risk-free interest rate. Through this analysis, the estimated aggregate value of the Series B preferred stock and the Warrant on a marketable, minority interest basis was $40.7 million and $4.3 million, respectively, for an effective conversion price of the Series B preferred stock of $13.57 per common share.

The fair value of the common stock on the commitment date was $13.35 per share. Because the effective conversion price of the Series B preferred stock was in excess of this amount, the issuance of the Series B preferred stock and Warrant did not result in a deemed dividend and beneficial conversion feature in accordance with Emerging Issues Task Force No. 00-27, “Application of Issue No. 98-5 to Certain Convertible Instruments.”

The Series B preferred stock ranks senior and prior to the Company’s common stock and all other classes or series of capital stock with respect to the payment of any dividends, conversion rights and any payment upon liquidation or redemption. When and if the Company declares a dividend with respect to common stock, the holders of the Series B preferred stock shall be entitled to the amount of dividends per share in the same form as such common stock dividends that would be payable. The Series B preferred stock is non-cumulative with respect to dividends. Upon any liquidation, certain mergers, reorganizations and/or consolidations of the Company into or with another corporation or any transaction or series of related transactions in which a person, entity or group acquires 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities (approved by the Company’s Board of Directors), the holders are entitled to receive prior and in preference to any distribution to holders of the Company’s common stock or any other class or series of stock subordinate in liquidation preference to the Series B preferred stock, the amount invested plus all accumulated or accrued and unpaid dividends thereon. The holders of the Series B preferred stock are entitled to vote on all matters submitted to a vote of the holders of the Company’s common stock on an as if converted to common stock basis. So long as at least 150,000 shares of Series B preferred stock are outstanding, the holders of Series B preferred stock, voting separately as a series, shall be entitled to elect one member of the Company’s Board of Directors. Additionally, the purchase agreement specifies that the Company will file a registration statement to register the shares by March 16, 2007.

Common Stock

At December 31, 2006, the Company had reserved 2,939,001 shares of common stock for issuance in connection with its stock option plans, 352,871 shares in connection with its employee stock purchase plan and 3,900,000 shares in connection with the conversion of the outstanding preferred stock and Warrant.

Shareholder Rights Plan

On November 30, 2005, the Board of Directors adopted a Shareholder Rights Plan, providing for the distribution of one preferred share purchase right (“Right”) for each outstanding share of common stock held as of December 12, 2005.

The Rights are not exercisable until the earlier of the date of a public announcement that a person or entity (together with such person’s or entity’s affiliates) beneficially owns 15% or more of the outstanding shares of common stock of the Company (such person or entity, an Acquiring Person) or ten days (or such later date as may be determined by the Board of Directors) following the announcement of a tender offer which would result in any person or entity becoming an Acquiring Person. The Rights are initially exercisable for one one-hundredth of a share of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock at a price of $90 per one one-hundredth of a share, subject to adjustment.

If the Company is acquired in a merger or other business combination transaction or 50% or more of its assets are sold to an Acquiring Person, provisions will be made so that each holder of a Right, upon exercise, will be able to receive common stock of the acquiring company having a market value of two times the exercise price of the Right.

The Rights will expire on December 11, 2015 unless the Rights are redeemed or exchanged by the Company.

ENDWAVE CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

In October 2000, the Company established the Endwave Corporation Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“Purchase Plan”). All employees who work a minimum of 20 hours per week and are customarily employed by the Company (or an affiliate thereof) for at least five months per calendar year are eligible to participate. Under this plan, employees may purchase shares of common stock through payroll deductions of up to 15% of their earnings with a limit of 3,000 shares per offering period under the plan. The price paid for the Company’s common stock purchased under the plan is equal to 85% of the lower of the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the date of commencement of participation by an employee in an offering under the plan or the date of purchase. During 2006, there were 77,735 shares issued under the Purchase Plan at a weighted average price of $9.67 per share. During 2005, there were 62,828 shares issued under the Purchase Plan at a weighted average price of $9.33 per share. In 2004, there were 215,368 shares issued under the Purchase Plan at a weighted average price of $0.93 per share.

Stock Option Plans

The Company’s 1992 Stock Option Plan (the “1992 Plan”) was adopted in September 1992, amended in April 1999, and terminated in March 2000 such that no further options could be granted thereunder; however, previously granted and unexercised options remain outstanding and governed by the terms of the 1992 Plan. The 1992 Plan provides for the issuance of up to 3,088 shares of common stock to directors, employees and consultants upon the exercise of options outstanding under the 1992 Plan as of December 31, 2006.

The Company’s 2000 Stock Option Plan (the “2000 Plan”) was adopted in March 2000, amended in July 2000, and provides for the issuance of options to purchase common stock to directors, employees, and consultants. The 2000 Plan provides for annual reserve increases to the number of authorized shares through 2005. During 2005, authorized shares were increased by 676,668 to 4,690,482 shares. Under the 2000 Plan, incentive stock options are granted under the plan at exercise prices not less than fair value and non-statutory stock options are granted at an exercise price not less than 85% of the fair value on the date of grant, as determined by the closing sales price of the Company’s common stock. Options granted under the 2000 Plan generally have a ten-year term. Options vest and become exercisable as specified in each individual’s option agreement, generally over a four-year period. Subject to approval by the Company’s board of directors, options may be exercised early; however, in such event the unvested shares are subject to a repurchase option by the Company upon termination of the individual’s employment or services. At December 31, 2006 and 2005, 18,997 and 23,800 shares were subject to repurchase by the Company, respectively.

The Company’s 2000 Non-Employee Directors’ Stock Option Plan (“Director Plan”) was adopted in October 2000. The Director Plan provides for non-statutory stock option grants to non-employee directors. New non-employee directors receive an initial grant of 20,000 shares when an individual first becomes a non-employee director of the Company and each non-employee director receives an annual automatic grants of 6,000 shares (which will be reduced pro-rata if an individual did not serve as a director for the full year of the preceding fiscal year). Options granted under the plan to non-employee directors are granted at fair market value on the date of grant, provide for monthly vesting over a two-year period and have a ten-year term. The Company granted options to purchase 44,000, 42,500, and 32,500 shares of the Company’s common stock under the Director Plan during the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. The total number of shares authorized for this plan is 100,265.

The Company’s equity incentive program is a broad-based, long-term retention program designed to align stockholder and employee interests. Upon exercise of stock options, the Company issues shares from the shares reserved under the Company’s stock option plans.

ENDWAVE CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The following table summarizes activity under the equity incentive plans for the indicated periods:


						Weighted
				Weighted		Average
				Average		Remaining		Aggregate
	Number of			Exercise		Contractual		Intrinsic
	Shares			Price		Term (Years)		Value
								(In thousands)

Outstanding at December 31, 2003		1,922,161		$	3.22
Options granted		705,025			10.51
Options exercised		(936,991	)		2.18
Options cancelled		(101,835	)		11.44

Outstanding at December 31, 2004		1,588,360			6.55
Options granted		561,650			23.21
Options exercised		(793,444	)		5.47
Options cancelled		(63,689	)		12.18

Outstanding at December 31, 2005		1,292,877			14.19
Options granted		608,300			10.25
Options exercised		(120,395	)		3.55
Options cancelled		(48,113	)		12.63

Outstanding at December 31, 2006		1,732,669		$	13.59		8.11	$	2,470

Options vested and exercisable and expected to be exercisable at December 31, 2006		1,579,484		$	13.87		8.04	$	2,341
Options vested and exercisable at December 31, 2006		874,019		$	16.62		7.70	$	1,573

At December 31, 2006, the Company had 1,206,332 options available for grant under its stock option plans.

The following table summarizes information concerning outstanding and exercisable options:


	Options Outstanding at December 31, 2006						Options Vested and Exercisable
					Weighted-Average		at December 31, 2006
			Weighted-Average		Remaining				Weighted-Average
Range of Exercise Price	Shares		Exercise Price		Contractual Life		Shares		Exercise Price

$ 0.76-$ 2.92		174,644	$	1.65		6.19		141,629	$	1.60
$ 3.20-$ 9.75		161,671	$	8.88		8.50		44,897	$	8.21
$ 9.77-$ 9.77		365,439	$	9.77		9.10		66,275	$	9.77
$10.20-$10.20		158,075	$	10.20		7.59		66,589	$	10.20
$10.22-$10.22		184,063	$	10.22		7.09		92,495	$	10.22
$10.50-$12.90		205,255	$	12.18		8.71		55,364	$	12.04
$15.14-$20.32		117,121	$	16.62		8.34		40,369	$	16.79
$21.47-$21.47		193,051	$	21.47		8.09		193,051	$	21.47
$24.00-$45.80		163,350	$	34.33		8.56		163,350	$	34.33
$56.00-$56.00		10,000	$	56.00		3.57		10,000	$	56.00

		1,732,669	$	13.59		8.11		874,019	$	16.62

At December 31, 2005 and 2004, options to purchase 568,584 and 1,173,347 shares of common stock were exercisable at weighted average exercise prices of $20.54 and $6.44 per share, respectively.

ENDWAVE CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


10.	Commitments and Contingencies

Commitments

The Company leases its office, manufacturing and design facilities in San Jose, California, Diamond Springs, California, Chiang Mai, Thailand and Andover, Massachusetts under non-cancelable lease agreements, which expire in various periods through August 2011. Rent expense under the operating leases was approximately $730,000, $619,000, and $452,000 for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

During the third quarter of 2006, the Company moved its corporate headquarters to San Jose, California. The lease term commenced on September 1, 2006 and will terminate on August 31, 2011.

Future annual minimum lease payments under non-cancelable operating leases with initial terms of one year or more as of December 31, 2006 are as follows (in thousands):


Years Ending December 31,

2007	$	614
2008		681
2009		494
2010		397
2011		268

Total	$	2,454

Purchase Obligations

The Company has purchase obligations to certain suppliers. In some cases the products the Company purchases are unique and have provisions against cancellation of the order. At December 31, 2006, the Company had approximately $4.0 million of purchase obligations which are due within the following 12 months. This amount does not include contractual obligations recorded on the consolidated balance sheets as liabilities.

Contingencies

The Company is not currently party to any material litigation. The Company is, from time to time, involved in legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. While there can be no assurances as to the ultimate outcome of any litigation involving the Company, management does not believe any pending legal proceedings will result in judgment or settlement that will have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.


11.	Related Party Transactions

During December 2005, Northrop Grumman sold all remaining shares owned of the Company’s common stock and was at that time no longer considered a related party. The Company continues to maintain a supply agreement and a technology services agreement with Velocium, a business unit of Northrop Grumman Space Mission & Systems Corp. and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Northrop Grumman Corporation. The Company recorded purchases under these agreements through the date of Northrop Grumman’s liquidation of the Company’s shares of $7.1 million and $4.2 million for 2005 and 2004, respectively.

The Company also sells various products and services under purchase orders and agreements to Northrop Grumman and recognized revenues through the date of Northrop Grumman’s liquidation of the Company’s shares of $61,000, and $86,000 in 2005 and 2004, respectively and incurred costs related to these revenues of approximately $39,000 and $51,000.

ENDWAVE CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


12.	Income Taxes

The Company recorded a current tax provision of $97,000 for the year ended December 31, 2006. No current or deferred provision was provided in the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 due to the Company’s tax loss position.


	Years Ended December 31,
	2006		2005		2004

Current provision:
Federal	$	90	$	—	$	—
State		7		—		—

		97		—		—

Deferred provision:
Federal	$	—	$	—	$	—
State		—		—		—

		—		—		—

Total provision for income taxes	$	97	$	—	$	—

As of December 31, 2006, the Company had a federal net operating loss carryforward of approximately $211.7 million. The Company also had federal research and development tax credit carryforwards of approximately $1.7 million. These net operating loss and credit carryforwards are currently expiring and will continue to do so through 2026, if not utilized.

As of December 31, 2006, the Company had a state net operating loss carryforward of approximately $88.0 million. The net operating losses will begin expiring in 2009, if not utilized. The Company also has state research and development tax credit carryforwards of approximately $2.2 million. The credits will carryforward indefinitely, if not utilized.

Utilization of the net operating losses and credits may be subject to a substantial annual limitation due to the ownership change provisions of the Internal Revenue Code and similar state provisions. The annual limitation may result in the expiration of net operating losses and credits before utilization.

ENDWAVE CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Deferred tax assets and liabilities reflect the net tax effects of net operating loss and credit carryforwards and temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets for financial reporting and the amount used for income tax purposes. Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities for federal and state income taxes are as follows at December 31 (in thousands):


	2006			2005

Deferred tax assets:
Net operating loss carryforwards	$	69,600		$	70,000
Research credit		3,200			2,700
Capitalized research and development		200			500
Other		6,300			5,100

Total deferred tax assets		79,300			78,300
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets		(78,200	)		(77,000	)

Deferred tax assets		1,100			1,300
Deferred tax liabilities:
Intangible assets		(1,100	)		(1,300	)

Net deferred tax assets (liabilities)	$	—		$	—

Realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon future earnings, if any, the timing and amount of which are uncertain. Accordingly, the net deferred tax assets have been offset by a valuation allowance. The valuation allowance increased by $10.1 million, $6.3 million and $1.1 million during 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

The Company is tracking the portion of its deferred tax assets attributable to stock option benefits in a separate memo account pursuant to SFAS No. 123(R). Therefore, these amounts are no longer included in our gross or net deferred tax assets. Pursuant to SFAS No. 123(R), the benefit of these stock options will only be recorded to equity when they reduce cash taxes payable. As of December 31, 2006, the Company had federal and state net operating loss carryforwards being accounted for in this memo account of $22 million and $21 million, respectively.

The effective tax rate differs from the U.S. federal statutory rate as a result of the following for the year ended December 31:


	2006			2005			2004

Income tax benefit at statutory rate		(35	)%		(35	)%		(35	)%
State, net of federal effect		1			(6	)		(6	)
Change in valuation allowance		(42	)		41			36
Alternative minimum tax		7			—			—
Nondeductible deferred compensation		77			—			5

Effective income tax rate		8	%		—	%		—	%


13.	401(k) Plan

Substantially all regular employees of the company meeting certain service requirements are eligible to participate in the Company’s 401(k) employee retirement plan. Employee contributions are limited to the maximum amount allowed under the Internal Revenue Code. The Company may match contributions based upon a percentage of employee contributions up to a maximum of 4% of employee compensation. Company contributions under these plans were $182,000, $0 and $0 for 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

ENDWAVE CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


14.	Business Combinations

On July 21, 2004, the Company acquired all of the outstanding capital stock of JCA, a provider of RF amplifiers and modules. The transaction was accounted for under the purchase method of accounting and, accordingly, the results of operations are included in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations for all periods or partial periods subsequent to the acquisition date.

The net tangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the acquisition were recorded at fair value, which approximates the carrying amount as of the acquisition date. The Company determined the valuation of the identifiable intangible assets using future revenue assumptions. The amounts allocated to the identifiable intangible assets were determined through established valuation techniques accepted in the technology industry.

In calculating the value of the acquired in-process research and development (“IPRD”), consideration was given to the relevant market size and growth factors, expected industry trends, the anticipated nature and timing of new product introductions by the Company and its competitors, individual product sales cycles, and the estimated lives of each of the products derived from the underlying technology. The value of the acquired IPRD reflects the relative value and contribution of the acquired research and development. Consideration was given to the stage of completion, the complexity of the work completed to date, the difficulty of completing the remaining development, costs already incurred, and the expected cost to complete the project in determining the value assigned to the acquired IPRD. The amounts allocated to the acquired IPRD were immediately expensed in the period the acquisition was completed because the projects associated with the IPRD had not yet reached technological feasibility and no future alternative uses existed for the technology.

The income approach, which includes an analysis of the cash flows and risks associated with achieving such cash flows, was used to value all of the identifiable intangible assets. Key assumptions used in analyzing the expected cash flows from the other identifiable net intangible assets included the Company’s estimates of revenue growth, cost of sales, operating expenses and taxes. The purchase price in excess of the identified tangible and intangible assets was allocated to goodwill.

The total purchase price of $6.1 million consisted of $5.9 million in cash and $158,000 in direct transaction costs. In connection with the acquisition of JCA, the Company implemented a restructuring plan to consolidate JCA’s manufacturing process to the Company’s Diamond Springs location. The restructuring plan terminated a total of 39 employees, in order to eliminate duplicative activities and to reduce the cost structure of the combined company. These terminations primarily affected the manufacturing and operations group. The estimated cost was $431,000 and was accrued for at the time of the acquisition and has been recognized as a liability assumed in the business combination in accordance with EITF 95-3. The payments were complete during the first quarter of fiscal 2005.

ENDWAVE CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The aggregate purchase price for the JCA acquisition has been allocated to the tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values at the date of acquisition as follows (in thousands):


Tangible assets acquired	$	1,057
Liabilities assumed		(655	)
In-process research and development		320
Developed technology		2,250
Tradename		1,060
Customer relationships and backlog		920
Other		1,261
Goodwill		1,546
Deferred tax liability		(1,692	)

Total purchase price	$	6,067

In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes,” deferred taxes of approximately $1.3 million were recorded at the time of the acquisition for the tax effect of the amortizable intangible assets which are not deductible.

Pro forma financial information

The following table presents the pro forma financial information for the combined entity of Endwave and JCA for the year ended December 31, 2004, as if the acquisition had occurred at January 1, 2004 after giving effect to certain purchase accounting adjustments (in thousands, except per share amounts):


Total revenues	$	36,422
Net loss	$	(6,564	)
Net loss per share — basic and diluted	$	(0.67	)

These results are presented for illustrative purposes only and are not necessarily indicative of the actual operating results that would have occurred if the Company and JCA had been a consolidated entity during all of 2004.

ENDWAVE CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


16.	Quarterly Financial Information (unaudited)


	First			Second			Third			Fourth
	Quarter			Quarter			Quarter			Quarter
	(In thousands, except per share data)

2006:
Total revenues	$	13,746		$	16,326		$	18,836		$	13,318
Cost of product revenues		10,109			11,545			12,928			9,638
Net income (loss)(1)		(1,178	)		(207	)		911			(870	)
Basic net income (loss) per share	$	(0.10	)	$	(0.02	)	$	0.08		$	(0.08	)
Diluted net income (loss) per share	$	(0.10	)	$	(0.02	)	$	0.06		$	(0.08	)
2005:
Total revenues	$	9,100		$	12,242		$	14,320		$	13,073
Cost of product revenues		6,288			8,072			9,782			9,444
Net income (loss)(2)		(847	)		318			(193	)		(152	)
Basic net income (loss) per share	$	(0.08	)	$	0.03		$	(0.02	)	$	(0.01	)
Diluted net income (loss) per share	$	(0.08	)	$	0.03		$	(0.02	)	$	(0.01	)


(1)		Net income (loss) for the first quarter, second quarter, third quarter and fourth quarter of 2006 includes net charges of $866,000, $1.1 million, $1.1 million and $1.1 million, respectively, for amortization of intangible assets, loss on sale of fixed assets related to the relocation of the Company’s corporate headquarters, transaction costs and non-cash stock compensation expense.

(2)		Net income (loss) for the first quarter, second quarter, third quarter and fourth quarter of 2005 includes net charges of $175,000, $106,000, $925,000 and $230,000, respectively, for a restructuring benefit, amortization of intangible assets and expensing of transaction costs for a suspended secondary offering.


Item 9.	*Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure*

Not applicable.


Item 9A.	*Controls and Procedures*

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Based on their evaluation as of the end of the period covered by this report, our chief executive officer and chief financial officer have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act were effective as of the end of the period covered by this report to ensure that information that we are required to disclose in reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in Securities and Exchange Commission rules and forms.

Our disclosure controls and procedures are designed to provide reasonable assurance of achieving their objectives, and our chief executive officer and our chief financial officer have concluded that these controls and procedures are effective at the “reasonable assurance” level. We believe that a control system, no matter how well designed and operated, cannot provide absolute assurance that the objectives of the control system are met, and no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within a company have been detected.

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over our financial reporting. A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

There are inherent limitations in the effectiveness of any system of internal control, including the possibility of human error and the circumvention or overriding of controls. Accordingly, even effective internal controls can provide only reasonable assurances with respect to financial statement preparation. Further, because of changes in conditions, the effectiveness of internal control may vary over time.

Our management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006. In making this assessment, our management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations (COSO) of the Treadway Commission in Internal Control — Integrated Framework. Based on its assessment using those criteria, our management concluded that, as of December 31, 2006, our internal control over financial reporting is effective.

Management’s assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, has been audited by Burr, Pilger & Mayer LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing below.

Changes in Internal Controls Over Financial Reporting

There were no changes in our internal controls over financial reporting that occurred during our most recent fiscal quarter that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Endwave Corporation

We have audited management’s assessment, included in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting included in Item 9A, that Endwave Corporation and its subsidiary (the “Company”) maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on management’s assessment and an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, evaluating management’s assessment, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, management’s assessment that Endwave Corporation and its subsidiary maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, is fairly stated, in all material respects, based on the COSO criteria. Also, in our opinion, Endwave Corporation and its subsidiary maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, based on the COSO criteria.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Endwave Corporation and its subsidiary as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2006 and the related financial statement schedule and our report dated March 13, 2007 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements and the related financial statement schedule.

/s/ Burr, Pilger, & Mayer LLP

San Jose, California

March 13, 2007


Item 9B.	*Other Information*

Not applicable

PART III


Item 10.	*Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance*

Our directors and executive officers, their ages as of February 16, 2007 and their positions with us, as well as certain biographical information of these individuals, are as follows:


Name	Age		Position

Edward A. Keible, Jr.		63	Chief Executive Officer, President and Director
John J. Mikulsky		61	Chief Operating Officer and Executive Vice President
Brett W. Wallace		42	Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President and Secretary
Edward C.V. Winn(1)(2)(3)		68	Chairman of the Board of Directors
Joseph J. Lazzara(1)(2)(3)		55	Director
John F. McGrath, Jr.(1)		42	Director
Wade Meyercord(2)(3)		66	Director
Eric Stonestrom(2)(3)		45	Director


(1)		Member of the Audit Committee

(2)		Member of the Nominating and Governance Committee

(3)		Member of the Compensation Committee

Edward A. Keible, Jr. has served as our President and Chief Executive Officer and as a director since January 1994. From 1973 until 1993, Mr. Keible held various positions at Raychem Corporation, a materials science company, culminating in the position of Senior Vice President with specific oversight of Raychem’s International and Electronics Groups. Mr. Keible holds a B.A. in engineering sciences and a B.E. and an M.E. in materials science from Dartmouth College and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School.

John J. Mikulsky has served as our Chief Operating Officer and Executive Vice President since August 2005. From May 2001 until August 2005, Mr. Mikulsky served as our Chief Marketing Officer and Executive Vice President, Marketing and Business Development. From May 1996 until April 2001, Mr. Mikulsky served as our Vice President of Product Development. From 1993 until 1996, Mr. Mikulsky worked as a Technology Manager for Balazs Analytical Laboratory, a provider of analytical services to the semiconductor and disk drive industries. Prior to 1993, Mr. Mikulsky worked at Raychem Corporation, most recently as a Division Manager for its Electronic Systems Division. Mr. Mikulsky holds a B.S. in electrical engineering from Marquette University, an M.S. in electrical engineering from Stanford University and an S.M. in Management from the Sloan School at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology.

Brett W. Wallace has served as Executive Vice President since March 2006 and as our Chief Financial Officer and Secretary since April 25, 2006. From November 2004 until February 2006, Mr. Wallace was a Managing Director in investment banking with Raymond James & Associates. From June 1999 until October 2004, Mr. Wallace was a Managing Director in investment banking with Piper Jaffray & Co. Prior to 1999, Mr. Wallace worked with C.E. Unterberg, Towbin, most recently as a Managing Director in investment banking. Mr. Wallace holds a B.A. in economics from the University of California, Berkeley and an M.B.A. from UCLA’s Anderson School of Management.

Edward C.V. Winn has served as director of Endwave since July 2000. From March 1992 to January 2000, Mr. Winn served in various capacities with TriQuint Semiconductor, Inc., a semiconductor manufacturer, most recently as Executive Vice President, Finance and Administration and Chief Financial Officer. Previously, Mr. Winn

served in various capacities with Avantek, Inc., a microwave component and subsystem manufacturer, most recently as Product Group Vice President. Mr. Winn received a B.S. in Physics from Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School. Mr. Winn serves as a member on the Board of Directors of Volterra Semiconductor Corporation.

Joseph J. Lazzara has served as a director of Endwave since February 2004. Since September 2006, Mr. Lazzara has served as the Vice Chairman and as a director of Omron Scientific Technologies, Inc. (formerly known as Scientific Technologies, Inc.), a manufacturer and supplier of machine safeguarding products and automation sensors that was acquired by Omron Corporation, a publicly traded Japanese Corporation in September 2006. Since September 2006, Mr. Lazzara has also served as the Vice Chairman and Director of Automation Products Group, Inc., a privately held manufacturer of automation sensors, including level, pressure and ultrasonic sensors. Prior to the acquisition of Scientific Technologies by Omron in September 2006, Scientific Technologies was publicly traded and Mr. Lazzara served as the Chief Executive Officer between June 1993 and September 2006, as the President of Scientific Technologies between June 1989 and September 2006 and as the Treasurer and a director of Scientific Technologies between September 1984 and September 2006. Mr. Lazzara served as a Vice President of Scientific Technologies between September 1984 and June 1989. He also served as Treasurer and a director of Scientific Technologies’s parent company, Scientific Technology Incorporation, between August 1981 and September 2006. Prior to August, 1981, Mr. Lazzara was employed by Hewlett-Packard Company, a global technology solutions provider, in Process and Engineering Management. Mr. Lazzara received a B.S. in engineering from Purdue University and an M.B.A. from Santa Clara University. Mr. Lazzara also serves as a member of the Board of Directors of AeA (the American Electronics Association).

John F. McGrath, Jr. has served as a director of Endwave since January 2005. Mr. McGrath is currently the Vice President and Chief Financial Officer for Network Equipment Technologies, a manufacturer of data networking equipment for government and enterprise applications, a position he has held since 2001. Prior to joining Network Equipment Technologies, Mr. McGrath was an independent consultant to enterprise software firm Niku Corporation. From 1997 to 2000, Mr. McGrath served in various financial capacities at Aspect Communications, including as Vice President of Finance and Director of Finance for Europe, Middle East and Africa. Prior to that, he was Director of Finance for TCSI Corporation. From 1986 to 1991, Mr. McGrath worked as a Manager in the High Technology/Manufacturing Group at Ernst & Young LLP. Mr. McGrath holds a B.S. in Accounting from the University of Wyoming and an M.B.A. from the Stanford Graduate School of Business and is a registered C.P.A. in the state of California. Mr. McGrath is also on the board of the Presidio Fund, a publicly traded mutual fund.

Wade Meyercord has served as a director of Endwave since March 2004. From 1987 to present, Mr. Meyercord has served as President of Meyercord and Associates, a consulting firm specializing in board of directors and executive compensation. From 1999 to 2002, Mr. Meyercord served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of RioPort.com, Inc., a company that delivers an integrated, secure platform for acquiring, managing and experiencing music and spoken audio programming from the Internet. From 1998 to 1999, Mr. Meyercord Served as Senior Vice President, e-commerce of Diamond Multimedia. Prior to 1998, Mr. Meyercord held various management and/or executive level positions with Read-Rite Corporation, Memorex Corporation and IBM Corporation. Mr. Meyercord received a B.S. in mechanical engineering from Purdue University and an M.B.A. in engineering administration from Syracuse University. Mr. Meyercord serves as a member on the Board of Directors of Microchip and California Micro Devices.

Eric D. Stonestrom has served as a director of Endwave since July 2006. Mr. Stonestrom is currently President and Chief Executive Officer of Airspan Networks, a supplier of broadband wireless equipment. Mr. Stonestrom joined Airspan at its inception in January 1998 as Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer. In May 1998, he was named Airspan’s President and Chief Executive Officer as well as a member of the Board of Directors. From 1995 to January 1998, Mr. Stonestrom was employed by DSC Communications Corporation as a Vice President of operating divisions, including the Airspan product line. From 1984 until 1995, Mr. Stonestrom worked at Bell Laboratories and AT&T in a variety of positions. He received B.S., M.S. and M. Eng. degrees in 1982, 1983 and 1984, respectively, from the College of Engineering at the University of California at Berkeley.

Executive officers serve at the discretion of our Board of Directors. There are no family relationships between any of our executive officers and members of our Board of Directors. No director has a contractual right to serve as a member of our Board of Directors.

Other than Mr. Keible, all of our directors are “independent” within the meaning of the NASDAQ Stock Market listing requirements and the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

We have a staggered Board of Directors, which may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in control of our management. For purposes of determining their term of office, directors are divided into three classes, with the term of office of the Class I directors to expire at our 2007 annual meeting of stockholders, the term of office of the Class II directors to expire at our 2008 annual meeting of stockholders and the term of office of the Class III directors to expire at our 2009 annual meeting of stockholders. Class I consists of Messrs. Lazzara and Stonestrom; Class II consists of Messrs. Meyercord and McGrath; and Class III consists of Messrs. Keible and Winn. Directors elected to succeed those directors whose terms expire will be elected to a three-year term of office. All directors hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders in the year in which their terms expire and until their successors have been duly elected and qualified. Executive officers serve at the discretion of our Board of Directors. There are no family relationships between any of our officers and directors.

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance

Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act requires our directors and executive officers, and persons who own more than ten percent of our common stock, to file with the Commission initial reports of ownership and reports of changes in ownership of our common stock. Officers, directors and greater than ten percent stockholders are required by the Commission’s regulations to furnish us with copies of all Section 16(a) forms they file.

To our knowledge, based solely on a review of the copies of such reports furnished to us and written representations that no other reports were required, during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006, our officers, directors and greater than ten percent beneficial owners complied with all applicable Section 16(a) filing requirements, except as follows:


	•	one report, covering one transaction, was filed late by Mr. Mikulsky;

	•	one report, covering one transaction, was filed late by Mr. Keible; and

	•	one report, covering one transaction, was filed late by Ms. Biagini.

Committees of the Board of Directors

Our Board of Directors has three committees: an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee and a Nominating and Governance Committee. Below is a description of each committee of our Board of Directors. Each of the committees has authority to engage legal counsel or other experts or consultants, as it deems appropriate, to carry out its responsibilities. Our Board of Directors has determined that each member of each committee meets the applicable rules and regulations regarding “independence” and that each member is free of any relationship that would interfere with his or her individual exercise of independent judgment with regard to Endwave.

Audit Committee

The Audit Committee of our Board of Directors, currently comprised of Messrs. Lazzara, McGrath and Winn, oversees our corporate accounting and financial reporting process in line with the Audit Committee Charter. For this purpose, the Audit Committee performs several functions. The Audit Committee evaluates the performance of, and assesses the qualifications and independence of, our independent registered public accounting firm; determines and approves the engagement of our independent registered public accounting firm; determines whether to retain or terminate our existing independent registered public accounting firm or to appoint and engage a new independent registered public accounting firm; reviews and approves the retention of our independent registered public accounting firm to perform any proposed permissible non-audit services; monitors the rotation of partners of the independent registered public accounting firm on our audit engagement team as required by law; confers with management and our independent registered public accounting firm regarding the effectiveness of our internal

controls over financial reporting; establishes procedures, as required under applicable law, for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received by us regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters and the confidential and anonymous submission by employees of concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters; and meets to review our annual audited financial statements and quarterly financial statements with management and our independent registered public accounting firm, including reviewing our disclosures under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” Our Board of Directors annually reviews the NASDAQ listing standards definition of independence for Audit Committee members and has determined that all members of our Audit Committee are independent, as independence is currently defined in Rule 4200(a) (15) of the NASDAQ listing standards. Our Board of Directors has determined that Messrs. Winn and McGrath qualify as “audit committee financial experts,” as defined in applicable Securities and Exchange Commission rules.

Compensation Committee

The Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors, currently comprised of Messrs. Lazzara, Meyercord, Stonestrom and Winn, reviews and approves our overall compensation strategy and policies. Ms. Sharer was a member of the Compensation Committee in 2005 and until her resignation from our Board of Directors in February 2006. The Compensation Committee reviews and approves corporate performance goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of our executive officers and other senior management; reviews and approves the compensation and other terms of employment of our Chief Executive Officer; reviews and approves the compensation and other terms of employment of our other officers; and administers our stock option and purchase plans, pension and profit sharing plans, stock bonus plans, deferred compensation plans and other similar programs. All current members of our Compensation Committee are, and all former members of our Compensation Committee have been, independent within the meaning of Rule 4200(a)(15) of the NASDAQ listing standards.

Nominating and Governance Committee

The Nominating and Governance Committee of our Board of Directors, currently comprised of Messrs. Lazzara, Meyercord, Stonestrom and Winn, is responsible for: identifying, reviewing and evaluating candidates to serve as members of our Board of Directors, consistent with criteria approved by our Board of Directors; reviewing and evaluating incumbent directors and recommending candidates for election to our Board of Directors; making recommendations to our Board of Directors regarding the membership of the committees of our Board of Directors; and assessing the performance of management and our Board of Directors. Ms. Sharer was a member of the Nominating Committee in 2005 and until her resignation from our Board of Directors in February 2006. All current members of our Nominating and Governance Committee are, and all former members of our Nominating and Governance Committee have been, independent within the meaning of Rule 4200(a)(15) of the NASDAQ listing standards.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

We have adopted the Endwave Corporation Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that applies to all officers, directors and employees. The Endwave Corporation Code of Business Conduct and Ethics is available on our website at www.endwave.com. We will post on our website any amendments to this code or any waivers of this code that apply to directors or executive officers. A copy of this code may be obtained without charge by making a written request to:

Endwave Corporation
Attention: Investor Relations
130 Baytech Drive
San Jose, CA 95134


Item 11.	*Executive Compensation*

COMPENSATION OF EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

Overview

Our primary objectives with respect to executive compensation are to attract and retain the best possible executive talent, to link annual and long-term cash and stock incentives to achievement of measurable corporate goals and individual performance, and to align executives’ incentives with stockholder value creation. To achieve these objectives, we have implemented and maintain compensation plans that tie a substantial portion of executives’ overall compensation to our financial performance and common stock price. Overall, the total compensation opportunity is intended to create an executive compensation program that is competitive with comparably-sized companies, as it is these companies with whom we compete most vigorously for executive and technical talent. We refer to these companies in this compensation discussion and analysis as comparable companies.

Role of Compensation Committee

Our Compensation Committee approves, administers and interprets our executive compensation and benefit policies and plans. Our Compensation Committee is appointed by our Board of Directors, and consists entirely of directors who are “outside directors” for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code and “non-employee directors” for purposes of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act. Our Compensation Committee comprises Mr. Wade Meyercord, Mr. Joseph J. Lazzara, Mr. Eric D. Stonestrom and Mr. Edward C.V. Winn. Our Compensation Committee is chaired by Mr. Meyercord, President of Meyercord and Associates, a consulting firm specializing in executive compensation.

Our Compensation Committee has primary responsibility for ensuring that our executive compensation and benefit program is consistent with our compensation philosophy and corporate governance guidelines and is responsible for determining the executive compensation packages offered to our executive officers. The responsibilities of the Compensation Committee, as stated in its charter, include the following:


	•	Developing compensation policies that will attract and retain the highest quality executives, that will clearly articulate the relationship of corporate performance to executive compensation and will reward executives for Endwave’s progress;

	•	Proposing to the Board of Directors the adoption, amendment and termination of stock option plans, stock appreciation rights plans, pension and profit sharing plan, stock bonus plans, stock purchase plans, bonus plans, deferred compensation plans and other similar plans;

	•	Granting rights, participation and interests in such plans to eligible participants, subject in certain cases to ratification by the Board of Directors;

	•	Reviewing and approving such other compensation matters as may be necessary or appropriate in view of the Compensation Committee’s overall responsibility.

Our Compensation Committee plays an integral role in setting executive officer compensation each year. In the first quarter of each year, our Compensation Committee holds a regular meeting in which our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer review with the Compensation Committee Endwave’s financial and business performance for the previous year and management’s business outlook and operating plan for the current year. In reviewing the prior year’s performance, the Compensation Committee compares our performance to the financial and operational goals set for such year and the bonus targets. In this meeting, the Chief Executive Officer also reviews with the Compensation Committee his assessment of the individual performance of each executive officer, including his own performance, according to a variety of qualitative performance criteria and salary and bonus trends. In addition, during the fourth quarter of each year, the Chairman of the Compensation Committee discusses with the full Board, recent data and current trends in equity ownership programs for comparable companies. Taking into account the information conveyed and discussed at these meetings and the recommendations of our Chief

Executive Officer, the Compensation Committee then determines, subject in some cases to ratification by the full Board of Directors:


	•	The amount of bonus to be awarded to each executive officer in respect of the prior year’s performance;

	•	Whether to raise, lower or maintain the executive officer’s base salary for the current year;

	•	The bonus targets to be set for the executive officers for the current year; and

	•	Option grants, if any, to be awarded to each executive officer.

Each element of our executive compensation system is described in more detail below.

Peer Company Comparisons

Each year, the Compensation Committee reviews the executive compensation programs and amounts at comparable companies. Although Endwave’s total compensation packages target median pay among comparable companies for median performance by comparable executives, the individual elements of our executive program (base salary, annual incentive compensation, equity compensation and benefits) may vary from group medians.

Since our initial public offering in 2000, the Compensation Committee has studied comparable companies to calibrate pay and performance. For this purpose, for 2006, the Compensation Committee looked at companies with less than $200 million in annual revenues as described in the quarterly executive salary survey published by Radford Surveys + Consulting, a unit of Aon Consulting. We believe this survey is appropriate for benchmarking pay and performance because: the companies surveyed are similar in size, both in terms of revenues and market capitalization, to Endwave; Endwave competes with many of the surveyed companies for executive and technical talent; and companies in the indices are selected independently by Radford. We do not benchmark our executive compensation solely against companies in our industry because few of our competitors are close to our size. Most of our competitors are very large, diversified companies or very small, privately-held companies. Rather, we focus on the companies with whom we compete most vigorously for executive and technical talent.

Elements of Executive Compensation

Our executive compensation consists of base salary, annual cash incentive, equity plan participation and customary broad-based employee benefits. Consistent with our pay for performance philosophy, the Compensation Committee believes that we can better motivate executive officers to enhance stockholder return if a relatively large portion of their compensation is “at risk” — that is, contingent upon the achievement of performance objectives and overall strong company performance. The mix of base salary, target annual incentive (in the form of an annual cash bonus based on achievement of objectives) and anticipated long-term incentive (in the form of appreciation in shares underlying stock options) varies depending on the officer’s position level, but is always heavily weighted toward annual incentive and long-term incentive compensation, as we believe that best aligns our executive officers’ interests with that of our stockholders. The Compensation Committee believes that the compensation of executives who set the overall strategy for the business and have the greatest ability to execute that strategy should be largely performance-based. Consequently, at least 50% of the target cash compensation of our Chief Executive Officer and 37.5% of the target cash compensation to each of our other executive officers is based on overall company performance.

Base Salary: Base salaries for our executives are established based on the scope of their responsibilities, taking into account market compensation paid by comparable companies for equivalent positions. Base salaries are reviewed on an annual basis and any increases are similar in scope to our overall corporate salary increase. For comparison purposes, we have utilized compensation survey data from Radford Surveys + Consulting, a unit of Aon Consulting. Our philosophy is to target executive base salaries near the median range of salaries for executives in equivalent positions at comparable companies. We believe targeting executive salaries at the median relative to comparable companies reflects our best efforts to ensure we are neither overpaying nor underpaying our executives.

Annual Cash Incentive: Our executive incentive compensation plan provides for a cash award, dependent upon attaining stated corporate objectives and personal performance goals. The goal of our executive incentive compensation plan is to reward executives for the achievement of certain financial and strategic goals. The

Compensation Committee approves the performance criteria on an annual basis and these financial and strategic goals typically have a one-year time horizon. During 2006, the relevant performance goals were based on revenues, gross margin percentage, operating margin and cash flow from operations. For 2007, the Compensation Committee resolved to discontinue the use of cash flow from operations as a relevant performance factor and replaced it with operating asset turnover in order to provide greater incentive for balance sheet efficiency. The Compensation Committee and management use these factors because they are easy to measure and compare to comparable companies and because they are reflective of success and growth in our business and the creation of long-term stockholder value.

Each executive officer’s annual cash incentive payment is dependent on the degree of achievement with regard to each performance goal. These performance goals are established so that target attainment is not assured. The attainment of payment for performance requires significant effort on the part of our executives. Our Compensation Committee establishes goals under the Executive Incentive Plan that it believes will be realistic but difficult for our executive officers to achieve. For each performance factor, the Compensation Committee assigns four different percentage payout levels (in 2006 and 2007, 0%, 10%, 25% or 35%), depending on Endwave’s financial performance. Therefore, the performance factor multiplier can range from 0% if Endwave does not attain any of its performance goals to 140% if Endwave achieves its highest targets on all four performance goals. This performance multiplier is then multiplied by the executive officer’s target (100% of base salary for our Chief Executive Officer and 75% of base salary for our Executive Vice Presidents), deriving the maximum bonus awards achievable of 140% of base salary for our Chief Executive Officer and 105% of base salary for our Executive Vice Presidents. An executive officer’s bonus may be increased or decreased in the discretion of the Compensation Committee, to take into account any factors the Compensation Committee deems relevant, such as superior or sub-par performance by a particular executive officer or to take into account particular factors affecting Endwave’s business for the year that distorted the Company’s financial performance. Based on Endwave’s financial performance and an analysis of each executive officer’s contributions in 2006, the Compensation Committee determined payment of 2006 annual bonuses of 50% of base salary for our Chief Executive Officer and 37.5% of base salary for our Executive Vice Presidents. The value of the annual bonuses paid to our named executive officers is reflected in the Summary Compensation Table below.

Stock Options: We believe that stock ownership is an important factor in aligning corporate and individual goals. Therefore, we utilize stock options to encourage long-term performance, with excellent corporate performance (as manifested in our common stock price) and extended officer tenure producing potentially significant value. Upon joining Endwave, executive officers receive an initial stock option grant commensurate with their experience level and scope of their responsibilities. In addition, all executive officers receive annual option grants. On an annual basis, the Compensation Committee reviews with the Board the percentage ownership of Endwave held by employees and compares that to the employee ownership of comparable companies. Based on this review, the Compensation Committee approves an annual grant. For 2006, the aggregate annual grant to all employees was approximately 3% of fully-diluted shares.

All option grants are approved by the Compensation Committee at Endwave’s regularly quarterly Board of Directors meeting. The options are approved so that the grant date is three days after the release of our financial results for the preceding quarter. The exercise price for option awards is determined as the closing price on the day prior to grant. As permitted under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, Endwave has historically determined fair market value under its stock option plans based upon the closing market price as reported by the NASDAQ Global Market for the day preceding the date of grant.

Other Benefits: Executive officers are eligible to participate in all of our employee benefit plans, such as medical, dental, group life, disability, and accidental death and dismemberment insurance, our 401(k) plan and our Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”). During 2006, we made group life insurance payments as reflected in the Summary Compensation Table below. Other than these payments, the executive officers participate on the same basis as other employees and there were no other special benefits or perquisites provided to any executive officer in 2006. We do not maintain any pension plan, retirement benefit or deferred compensation arrangements other than our 401(k) plan. Endwave currently has a program applicable to all of its 401(k) plan participants under which it matches 50% of employee contributions up to a maximum of 4% of base salary.

Chief Executive Officer Compensation

In general, the factors utilized in determining Mr. Keible’s compensation were similar to those applied to the other executive officers in the manner described in the preceding paragraphs. A significant percentage of his potential compensation was, and continues to be, subject to consistent, positive, long-term company performance. Based on a review of the above mix of factors, for 2006, the Compensation Committee granted to Mr. Keible compensation as detailed in the Summary Compensation Table below. Based on these figures, over 65% of Mr. Keible’s total compensation was based on variable components such as performance-based cash bonus and stock options.

Employment, Severance and Change in Control Agreements

Executive Officer Severance and Retention Plan: We believe that the retention of our executive officers is critical to our business. Given the competitive nature of the technology industry, the demand for experienced executives is high. Moreover, the level of involuntary terminations of executives in the technology industry is high. In order to encourage our key employees to remain with Endwave, our board of directors has established and maintained our Executive Officer Severance and Retention Plan. Under the Executive Officer Severance and Retention Plan, if an executive officer is terminated without cause, or resigns for certain specified reasons constituting constructive termination, the executive officer will receive (i) salary and benefits continuation based on the executive officer’s position and length of service with us and (ii) acceleration of vesting on the unvested portion of some of the executive officer’s stock options, based on the officer’s position and length of service with us. In the case of the Chief Executive Officer, the salary and benefits continuation period will be equal to the greater of two months for every year of service to us, or a total of 12 months, if the termination of employment does not occur in connection with, or within six months after, a change in control transaction. In the case of an Executive Vice President, the salary and benefits continuation will be equal to the greater of 1.5 months for every year of service to us, or a total of nine months, if the termination of employment does not occur in connection with, or within six months after, a change in control transaction. The Compensation Committee believes that it is in the best interests of stockholders if our executive officers are able to focus on the company’s business during both strong and weak business cycles without being distracted by the near-term financial impact that a potential termination of employment might have on them personally. Under the circumstances set forth above, subject to certain exceptions, an executive officer will vest as if the executive officer had remained employed by Endwave for twice the salary continuation period described above. Upon the closing of a change in control transaction, each executive officer will receive this same amount of acceleration of vesting even if his or her employment is not terminated. However, if an executive officer’s employment is terminated by us without cause or by the executive officer for certain specified reasons in connection with, or within six months after, the change in control transaction, the executive officer will receive salary continuation for twice the period that would have applied had such termination not occurred in connection with a change in control, and additional accelerated vesting in the same amount as provided when termination does not occur in connection with a change in control transaction. The Compensation Committee believes it is in the best interests of stockholders if our executive officers are able to evaluate the potential merits of a change-of-control transaction objectively without being distracted by the potentially adverse personal impact on themselves. The Compensation Committee believes that the total potential value of all change of control agreements with our executive officers is not disproportionate to the overall market value of Endwave.

Potential 2006 Severance and Retention Benefits assuming no Change of Control

The following table shows the potential payout to named executive officers under our Executive Officer Severance and Retention Plan assuming there is no change of control in connection with, or within six months after, a change of control. The analysis assumes the employees were terminated without cause on December 29, 2006:


			COBRA		Option		Total
Name	Salary(1)		Benefits(2)		Awards(3)		Benefit

Edward A. Keible, Jr.	$	712,000	$	22,014	$	111,316	$	845,330
John J. Mikulsky	$	315,000	$	19,699	$	40,608	$	375,307
Brett W. Wallace	$	157,500	$	11,819	$	67,950	$	237,269


(1)		Reflects 2 months salary for each full year of employment for Mr. Keible (24 months total), 1.5 months salary for each full year of employment for Mr. Mikulsky (15 months total) and 9 months salary for Mr. Wallace.

(2)		Reflects 2 months coverage for each full year of employment for Mr. Keible (24 months total), 1.5 months coverage for each full year of employment for Mr. Mikulsky (15 months total) and 9 months coverage for Mr. Wallace.

(3)		Reflects value of options accelerated in the event of termination without cause without a change of control. The value set forth above represents the difference between the option exercise price and the closing price of Endwave’s common stock on December 29, 2006, multiplied by the number of shares as to which vesting would have been accelerated.

Potential 2006 Severance and Retention Benefits assuming a change of control

The following table shows the potential payout to named executive officers under our Executive Officer Severance and Retention Plan assuming there is a change of control in connection with, or within six months after, such change of control. The analysis assumes the employees were terminated without cause on December 29, 2006:


			COBRA		Option		Total
Name	Salary(1)		Benefits(2)		Awards(3)		Benefit

Edward A. Keible, Jr.	$	1,424,000	$	22,014	$	111,316	$	1,557,330
John J. Mikulsky	$	630,000	$	19,699	$	50,297	$	699,996
Brett W. Wallace	$	315,000	$	11,819	$	135,900	$	462,719


(1)		Reflects 4 months salary for each full year of employment for Mr. Keible (48 months total), 3.0 months salary for each full year of employment for Mr. Mikulsky (30 months total) and 18 months salary for Mr. Wallace.

(2)		Reflects 2 months coverage for each full year of employment for Mr. Keible (24 months total), 1.5 months coverage for each full year of employment for Mr. Mikulsky (15 months total) and 9 months coverage for Mr. Wallace.

(3)		Reflects value of options accelerated in the event of termination without cause in connection with a change of control. The value set forth above represents the difference between the option exercise price and the closing price of Endwave’s common stock on December 29, 2006, multiplied by the number of shares as to which vesting would have been accelerated.

Transaction Incentive Plan: In February 2007, our Board of Directors resolved to terminate a transaction incentive plan that we had in place during 2006. This plan, which was implemented in 2003, prescribed certain benefits for our executive officers upon a change of control. No payments were ever made pursuant to this plan.

Named Executive Officer Compensation

The following table provides information regarding all plan and non-plan compensation awarded to, earned by or paid to our chief executive officer, our chief financial officer, each of our other executive officers serving as such at the end of 2006 for all services rendered in all capacities to us during 2006. We refer to these executive officers as our named executive officers.

2006 Summary Compensation Table


							Non-Equity
					Option		Incentive Plan		All Other		Total
Name and Principal Position	Salary(1)		Bonus(2)		Awards(3)		Compensation(4)		Compensation(5)		Compensation(6)

Edward A. Keible, Jr.	$	325,631		—	$	431,546	$	178,000	$	10,089	$	945,266
President and Chief Executive Officer
John J. Mikulsky	$	250,846		—	$	190,347	$	94,500	$	7,267	$	542,960
Chief Operating Officer
and Executive Vice President
Brett W. Wallace(7)	$	170,038		—	$	349,168	$	65,625	$	315	$	582,146
Chief Financial Officer,
Executive Vice President and
Corporate Secretary
Julianne M. Biagini(8)	$	78,654		—	$	188,964		—	$	3,555	$	271,173
Senior Vice President
Formerly Chief Financial Officer


(1)		The amounts in this column include any salary contributed by the named executive officer to our 401(k) plan.

(2)		Bonus amounts paid in 2007 were made under our executive incentive plan and are included in the “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation” column.

(3)		The amounts included in the “Option Awards” column represent the compensation cost recognized by Endwave in 2006 related to stock option awards to named executive officers, computed in accordance with SFAS No. 123(R). For purposes of this table, the value excludes the impact of estimated forfeitures. For a discussion of other valuation assumptions, see Note 8 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report.

(4)		The amounts in this column represent total performance-based bonuses earned for services rendered during 2006.

(5)		All Other Compensation represents group life insurance payments and 401(k) employer matching contributions made by Endwave for 2006.

(6)		The dollar value in this column for each named executive officer represents the sum of all compensation reflected in the preceding columns.

(7)		Mr. Wallace joined Endwave on March 1, 2006, as Executive Vice President. He was promoted to Chief Financial Officer on April 25, 2006. Mr. Wallace’s annualized base salary for 2006 was $210,000.

(8)		Ms. Biagini is currently on a leave of absence that began on April 25, 2006. During such leave, Ms. Biagini is not eligible for any compensation or benefits. However, as Ms. Biagini continues to serve as Endwave’s representative on the Board of Directors of the American Electronics Association and its Executive Committee of the Board of Directors, the Compensation Committee has determined that Ms. Biagini’s options should continue to vest during her leave of absence.

The following table provides information with regard to potential cash bonuses paid or payable in 2006 under our performance-based, non-equity incentive plan, and with regard to each stock option granted to each named executive officer during 2006. Other than the options awards, there were no other stock awards granted during 2006.

Grants of Plan-Based Awards in Fiscal 2006 (1)


									All Other				Grant Date
									Option				Closing		Grant Date
									Awards:		Exercise or		Market		Fair
									Number of		Base		Price of		Value of
									Securities		Price of		Securities		Stock and
			Estimated Possible Payouts Under Non-Equity Incentive Plan Awards						Underlying		Option		Underlying		Option
			Threshold		Target		Maximum		Options		Awards		Option		Awards
Name	Grant Date		($)		($)		($)		(#)		($/Sh)		($/Sh)(1)		($)(2)

Edward A. Keible, Jr.		2/7/06	$	0	$	356,000	$	498,400		75,000	$	9.77	$	9.57	$	476,250
John J. Mikulsky		2/7/06	$	0	$	189,000	$	264,600		30,000	$	9.77	$	9.57	$	190,500
Brett W. Wallace		3/1/06	$	0	$	131,250	$	183,750		120,000	$	9.32	$	10.96	$	762,000
Julianne M. Biagini		2/7/06		—		—		—		30,000	$	9.77	$	9.57	$	190,500


(1)		The exercise price for option awards is determined as the closing price on the day prior to grant. Therefore, the grant date closing price of the security underlying the option can differ materially, positively or negatively, from the exercise price of the option award.

(2)		The amounts included in the “Grant Date Fair Value of Option Awards” column represent the compensation cost recognized by Endwave in 2006 related to stock option awards to named executive officers, computed in accordance with SFAS No. 123(R). For purposes of this table, the value excludes the impact of estimated forfeitures. For a discussion of other valuation assumptions, see Note 8 to our consolidated financial statements.

The following table provides information regarding each unexercised stock option held by each of our named executive officers as of December 31, 2006. Other than stock options as noted, there were no other stock awards outstanding at December 31, 2006.

Outstanding Equity Awards at December 31, 2006


	Number of Securities Underlying
	Unexercised Options(1)				Option		Option
Name and Principal Position	Exercisable		Unexercisable		Exercise Price		Expiration Date

Edward A. Keible, Jr.		75,000		0	$	9.77		2/6/2016
		37,500		0	$	10.20		8/2/2014
		42,500		0	$	10.22		2/2/2014
		32,813		0	$	21.47		2/3/2015
		37,500		0	$	34.89		7/31/2015
John J. Mikulsky		5,860		0	$	1.17		1/30/2013
		13,894		0	$	1.93		6/5/2013
		30,000		0	$	9.77		2/6/2016
		15,000		0	$	10.20		8/2/2014
		25,000		0	$	10.22		2/2/2014
		4,923		0	$	11.75		1/5/2011
		15,000		0	$	21.47		2/3/2015
		30,000		0	$	34.89		7/31/2015
Brett W. Wallace		120,000		0	$	9.32		2/29/2016
Julianne M. Biagini		30,000		0	$	9.77		2/6/2016
		15,000		0	$	10.20		8/2/2014
		25,000		0	$	10.22		2/2/2014
		13,126		0	$	21.47		2/3/2015
		15,000		0	$	34.89		7/31/2015


(1)		Each option vests as to 1/8 of the shares of common stock underlying it on the six month anniversary of the grant date, with the remaining seven-eighths of the grant vesting in equal quarterly installments over the remaining four-year vesting period. All options described in the above table are reflected as exercisable because all options granted to our executive officers have an “early exercise” feature that allows optionees to exercise unvested options, subject to our right to repurchase the unvested shares at cost upon the optionee’s termination of employment. Each option expires ten years after the date of grant or, if earlier, three months after termination of employment in most cases.

2006 Option Exercises

The following table shows the number of shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of options by each named executive officer during 2006 and the aggregate dollar amount realized by the named executive officer upon exercise of the option. Other than stock options as noted, there were no other stock awards exercised during 2006.


	Shares
	Acquired		Value
Name and Principal Position	Upon Exercise		Realized(1)

Edward A. Keible, Jr.		51,256	$	540,952
John J. Mikulsky		—		—
Brett W. Wallace		—		—
Julianne M. Biagini		—		—


(1)		The aggregate dollar amount realized upon the exercise of an option represents the difference between the aggregate market price of the shares of our common stock underlying that option on the date of exercise and the aggregate exercise price of the option.

Compensation of Non-Employee Directors

The following table provides information regarding compensation paid to our non-employee directors who served on our board as of December 31, 2006.


	Fees Paid		Option		Total
Name	in Cash		Awards(1)		Compensation

Edward C.V. Winn, Chairman	$	43,000	$	69,075	$	112,075
Joseph J. Lazzara	$	33,000	$	90,039	$	123,039
John F. McGrath	$	42,000	$	118,849	$	160,849
Wade Meyercord	$	29,250	$	88,079	$	117,329
Eric D. Stonestrom(2)	$	9,000	$	43,790	$	52,790


(1)		The amounts included in the “Option Awards” column represent the compensation cost recognized by Endwave in 2006 related to stock option awards to each member of our Board of Directors, computed in accordance with SFAS No. 123(R). For purposes of this table, the value excludes the impact of estimated forfeitures. For a discussion of other valuation assumptions, see Note 8 to our consolidated financial statements.

(2)		Mr. Stonestrom was appointed to the Endwave Board of Directors on July 19, 2006.

At its February 2007 meeting, the Compensation Committee completed its annual review of cash and equity compensation of the board. The Compensation Committee reviewed the cash and equity board compensation paid by a set of 20 technology companies with revenues and market capitalization similar to those of Endwave. The Compensation Committee recommended to the full Board of Directors cash compensation as shown below, and the Board of Directors approved. The levels of cash compensation were set based on projected current median pay levels of the peer group. Equity compensation levels were also reviewed and compared with the peer group, but no changes were made. The non-employee directors of Endwave will receive for fiscal year 2007 and thereafter, until changed by the Board of Directors, fees for service on the our Board of Directors as listed in the table below. The members of the Board of Directors are also eligible for reimbursement for travel expenses incurred in connection with attendance at Board of Directors and committee meetings in accordance with Endwave company policy.


Board Membership Fees Payable to Non-Employee Directors
Non-Employee Director Annual Retainer	$	20,000
Board Chair Annual Retainer	$	10,000
Audit Committee Chair Annual Retainer	$	16,000
Audit Committee Member Annual Retainer	$	6,000
Compensation Committee Chair Annual Retainer	$	8,000
Compensation Committee Member Annual Retainer	$	3,000
Nominating and Governance Committee Chair Annual Retainer	$	3,000
Nominating and Governance Committee Member Annual Retainer	$	0
Board Meeting Fee (in person)	$	1,000
Board Meeting Fee (telephonic)	$	0
Committee Meeting Fee (in person)	$	0
Committee Meeting Fee (telephonic)	$	0

Non-employee directors are eligible to receive automatic option grants made under Endwave’s 2000 Non-Employee Director Plan and Endwave’s 2000 Equity Incentive Plan. Pursuant to these plans, each non-employee director is granted an option, referred to as an initial option, to purchase 20,000 shares of common stock automatically upon his or her initial election or appointment to the Board of Directors. Each non-employee director is also granted an option, referred to as an annual option, to purchase an additional 6,000 shares of common stock each year after his or her election or appointment to the Board of Directors. Prior to 2006, annual options were granted following the date of our annual meeting of stockholders. In 2006 and for future years, such option is granted on May 1. In either case, if any non-employee director has not served in that capacity for the entire period since the preceding grant date, then the number of shares subject to the annual grant will be reduced, pro rata, for each full quarter the director did not serve during the previous period. All such options expire after ten years and have an exercise price equal to the fair market value on the date of grant. All such options granted prior to February 2005, and all initial options granted thereafter, vest over four years at the rate of 1/48 of the total option shares per month. Annual options granted after February 2005 vest over two years at the rate of 1/24 of the total option shares per month. Our non-employee directors are also eligible to participate in Endwave’s 2000 Equity Incentive Plan on a discretionary basis. No discretionary awards were made to non-employee directors during 2006.

Report of the Compensation Committee¹

The Compensation Committee has reviewed and discussed with management the Compensation Discussion and Analysis, or CD&A, contained in this report. Based on this review and discussion, the Compensation

¹ The material in this report is not “soliciting material,” is not deemed “filed” with the Securities and Exchange Commission and is not to be incorporated by reference in any of our filings under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, whether made before or after the date hereof and irrespective of any general incorporation language in any such filing.

Committee has recommended to our board of directors that the CD&A be included in this report as well as our proxy statement for our 2007 annual meeting of stockholders.

Wade Meyercord
Joseph Lazzara
Eric Stonestrom
Edward Winn


Item 12.	*Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management*

The following table sets forth certain information regarding the ownership of our common stock as of February 16, 2007 by: (i) each of our named executive officers; (ii) each director; (iii) our executive officers and directors as a group; and (iv) all those known by us to be beneficial owners of more than five percent of our common stock. Except as otherwise indicated, the address of each of the persons set forth below is c/o Endwave Corporation, 130 Baytech Drive, San Jose, California 95134.


	Shares Beneficially
	Owned(1)
Name and Address	Number		Percent(2)

Entities affiliated with Wood River		4,102,247		35.48	%
Management LLC(3)
c/o Arthur Steinberg, Esq,
Kaye Scholer LLP
425 Park Avenue
New York, NY 10022
Entities affiliated with EagleRock		757,363		6.55
Capital Management(4)
551 Fifth Avenue, 34(th) Floor
New York, NY 10176
Entities affiliated with Potomac Capital		1,076,586		9.31
Management(5)
825 Third Avenue
New York, NY 10022
Entities affiliated with Oak Management		3,900,000		25.22
Corporation, XI, LLC(6)
One Gorham Island
Westport, CT 06880
Pate Capital Partners, LP		800,000		6.90
555 Montgomery Street, Ste. 603(7)
San Francisco, CA 94111
Edward A. Keible, Jr.(8)		390,550		3.38
John J. Mikulsky(9)		237,664		2.06
Brett W. Wallace(10)		160,000		1.38
Edward C.V. Winn(11)		19,988		*
Joseph J. Lazzara(12)		16,756		*
John F. McGrath, Jr.(11)		13,153		*
Wade Meyercord(11)		15,224		*
Eric Stonestrom(11)		3,333
All directors and executive officers as a group (9 persons)(13)		856,668		7.40


*		Less than one percent.

(1)		This table is based upon information supplied to us by our officers, directors and principal stockholders and upon any Schedules 13D or 13G filed with the Securities and Exchange. Unless otherwise indicated in the footnotes to this table, and subject to community property laws where applicable, we believe that each of the


		stockholders named in this table has sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares indicated as beneficially owned.

(2)		Applicable percentages are based on 11,563,209 shares outstanding on February 16, 2007, adjusted as required by rules promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission.

(3)		Includes 1,980,071 shares held by Wood River Partners, L.P. (the “Partnership”) and 2,122,176 shares held by Wood River Partners Offshore, Ltd. (the “Offshore Fund”). Wood River Capital Management, L.L.C. (the “Adviser”) is an investment adviser and is the management company for the partnership and the Offshore Fund and as such may be deemed to beneficially own 4,102,247 shares. Wood River Associates, L.L.C. (the “General Partner”) is the general partner of the Partnership and as such may be deemed to beneficially own 2,122,176 shares. Pursuant to an order of the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York dated October 13, 2005, Arthur Steinberg, Esq. (the “Receiver”) was appointed as the Receiver of the Wood River Entities. Due to the powers and authority conveyed upon the Receiver by the order, the Receiver may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of the shares.

(4)		The shares are held by EagleRock Master Fund, L.P. (“ERMF”) and EagleRock Institutional Partners LP (“ERIP”). EagleRock Capital Management, LLC (“EagleRock”) is the investment manager of ERMF and ERIP and has sole power to vote and dispose of the shares held by ERMF and ERIP and may be deemed to beneficially own such shares. Nader Tavakoli is the Manager of EagleRock and may direct the voting and disposition of the shares held by ERMF and ERIP and may be deemed to beneficially own such shares.

(5)		Potomac Capital Partners LP is a private investment partnership formed under the laws of the State of Delaware. Potomac Capital Management LLC is the General Partner of Potomac Capital Parters LP. Mr. Paul J. Solit is the Managing Member of Potomac Capital Management LLC.

(6)		300,000 shares of Series B Stock are held of record by Oak Investment Partners XI, Limited Partnership, a Delaware limited partnership (“Oak Investment Partners XI,”). Oak Associates XI LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Oak Associates XI”), is the general partner of Oak Investment Partners XI and as such may be deemed to beneficially own the shares held by Oak Investment XI. Oak Management Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Oak Management”), is the investment advisor to Oak Investment Partners XI and as such may be deemed to beneficially own the shares held by Oak Investment XI. Bandel L. Carano, Gerald R. Gallagher, Edward F. Glassmeyer, Fredric W. Harman, Ann H. Lamont and David B. Walrod are general partners, managing members, shareholders, directors and/or officers of Oak Investment XI and as such may be deemed to beneficially own the shares held by Oak Investment XI.


		The number of shares of Series B Stock beneficially owned by Oak Investment XI includes 90,000 shares of Series B Stock issuable within 60 days of the date of this table upon exercise of a warrant held by Oak Investment XI. The number of shares of common stock beneficially owned by Oak Investment XI includes 3,900,000 shares of common issuable within 60 days of the date of this table upon conversion of 390,000 shares of Series B Stock beneficially owned by Oak Investment XI.


(7)		The shares are beneficially held by Pate Capital Partners, LP . Bruce A. Pate, General Partner has the sole power to vote or direct the vote of said shares. In addition, Mr. Bruce A. Pate has the sole power to dispose or to direct the disposition of said shares.

(8)		Includes 326,313 shares issuable upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of the date of this table. If exercised in full within 60 days of the date of this table, 197,857 shares would be subject to repurchase by us. Includes 4,857 shares held in escrow and that are subject to repurchase. Also includes 59,380 shares held by the Keible Family Trust, of which Mr. Keible is co-trustee.

(9)		Includes 179,677 shares issuable upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of the date of this table. If exercised in full within 60 days of the date of this table, 82,316 shares would be subject to repurchase by us. Also includes 600 shares owned by Mr. Mikulsky’s daughter.

(10)		Includes 160,000 shares issuable upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of the date of this table. If exercised in full within 60 days of the date of this table, 130,000 shares would be subject to repurchase by us.

(11)		Represents shares issuable upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of the date of this table.


(12)		Includes 15,756 shares issuable upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of the date of this table. Also includes 1,000 shares held by the Joseph J. and Nancy B. Lazzara Family Trust, of which Mr. Lazzara is co-trustee.

(13)		See footnotes 8 through 12 above, as applicable. Includes 733,444 shares issuable upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of the date of this table. If exercised in full within 60 days of the date of this table, 410,173 shares would be subject to a repurchase right by us.


Item 13.	*Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence*

Indemnification

Our Bylaws provide that we will indemnify our directors and executive officers and may indemnify our other officers, employees and other agents to the extent not prohibited by Delaware law. The Bylaws also require us to advance litigation expenses in the case of stockholder derivative actions or other actions. The indemnified party must repay such advances if it is ultimately determined that the indemnified party is not entitled to indemnification.

Transactions with Northrop Grumman Corporation

Northrop Grumman Corporation was a beneficial owner of a significant portion of our outstanding common stock from March 2000 through the beginning of December 2005. The record holder of such shares was most recently Northrop Grumman Space & Mission Systems Corp., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Northrop Grumman Corporation. We maintain a supply agreement and a technology services agreement with Northrop Grumman Space & Mission Systems Corp. The supply agreement, which specifies volume and price commitments is effective through September 2008. For the periods presented, during the time Northrop Grumman Space & Mission Systems Corp. was a beneficial owner of our outstanding common stock through December 2005, we recorded purchases of $7.1 million and $4.2 million for 2005 and 2004, respectively.

We also sell various products and services under purchase orders and agreements to various subsidiaries and divisions of Northrop Grumman Corporation. For the periods presented, during the time Northrop Grumman Space & Mission Systems Corp. was a beneficial owner of our outstanding common stock through December 2005, we recognized revenues of $61,000 and $86,000 in 2005 and 2004, respectively. In the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, we incurred costs related to these revenues of approximately $39,000 and $51,000.

Some radios incorporating our transceivers that are manufactured and shipped by one of our customers have experienced degraded performance after installation in the field. The cause of the degradation was identified to be a faulty semiconductor component originally developed and supplied by TRW Inc. that was incorporated in the transceiver. TRW was later acquired by Northrop Grumman Corporation and renamed Northrop Grumman Space & Mission Systems Corp., and its foundry is referred to in this report by its tradename, Velocium. Pursuant to a settlement agreement between TRW and us, we are responsible for the direct costs associated with the repair and replacement of the degraded transceivers produced under our supply agreement with the customer. Northrop Grumman Space & Mission Systems Corp., as successor to TRW, compensated our customer for the indirect costs associated with the repair and replacement of the degraded radios and transceivers. These indirect costs include the costs associated with removing and replacing the radios in the field as well as removing and replacing the transceiver module in each returned radio. Under an agreement we entered into with Northrop Grumman Space & Mission Systems Corp. in March 2005, we agreed to pay $300,000 to Northrop Grumman Space & Mission Systems Corp. as final reimbursement for these indirect costs and to assume sole responsibility for any future product failures attributable to the TRW semiconductor component.

Related-Person Transactions policy and Procedures

We have a corporate policy with regard to our policies and procedures for the identification, review, consideration and approval or ratification of “related-person transactions.” For purposes of our policy only, a “related-person transaction” is a transaction, arrangement or relationship (or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships) in which Endwave and any “related person” are participants involving an amount that exceeds $5,000. Transactions involving compensation for services provided to Endwave as an employee, director, consultant or similar capacity by a related person are not covered by this policy. A related person is any

executive officer, director, or more than 5% stockholder of the Company, including any of their immediate family members, and any entity owned or controlled by such persons. This policy is not currently in writing but instead is dictated by principles of Delaware corporate law as in effect at the time and the discharge of our directors’ fiduciary duties to Endwave.

In the event any transaction in which Endwave proposes to engage is a related-person transaction, our management must present information regarding the proposed related-person transaction to the disinterested non-employee members of our board of directors for consideration and approval or ratification. The presentation must include a description of, among other things, the material facts, the interests, direct and indirect, of the related persons, the benefits to Endwave of the transaction and whether any alternative transactions were available. To identify related-person transactions in advance, we rely on information supplied by our executive officers, directors and significant stockholders. In considering related-person transactions, the disinterested non-employee members of the board take into account the relevant available facts and circumstances including, but not limited to (a) the risks, costs and benefits to Endwave, (b) the impact on a director’s independence in the event the related person is a director, immediate family member of a director or an entity with which a director is affiliated, (c) the terms of the transaction, (d) the availability of other sources for comparable services or products and (e) the terms available to or from, as the case may be, unrelated third parties or to or from employees generally. In the event a director has an interest in the proposed transaction, the director must recuse himself or herself form the deliberations and approval. The policy requires that, in determining whether to approve, ratify or reject a related-person transaction, the disinterested non-employee members of the board look at, in light of known circumstances, whether the transaction is in, or is not inconsistent with, the best interests of Endwave and its stockholders, as determined in the good faith exercise of such directors’ discretion.


Item 14.	*Principal Accountant Fees and Services*

The following table shows the fees paid or accrued by Endwave for the audit and other services provided by our independent registered public accounting firm Burr, Pilger & Mayer LLP for fiscal 2005 and 2006 (in thousands):


	2005		2006

Audit Fees(1)	$	464	$	558
Tax Fees(2)		0		0
All Other Fees(3)		96		20

Total	$	560	$	578


(1)		Audit fees represent fees for professional services provided in connection with the audit of our annual consolidated financial statements and review of our quarterly condensed consolidated financial statements.

(2)		Tax fees consisted primarily of income tax compliance and related services.

(3)		Represents fees for services provided in connection with other miscellaneous items not otherwise included in the categories above including $20,000 primarily related to the issuance of preferred shares in 2006 and $96,000 related to the filing of a registration statement on Form S-3 in fiscal 2005.

The Audit Committee has determined that the provision by Burr, Pilger & Mayer LLP, of non-audit services is compatible with maintaining the independence of Burr, Pilger & Mayer LLP. During fiscal 2006, all services provided by Burr, Pilger & Mayer LLP were pre-approved by the Audit Committee.

Audit Committee Pre-Approval Policy

The Audit Committee of our Board of Directors has adopted a policy requiring the pre-approval of the engagement of our independent registered public accounting firm prior to rendering any audit or non-audit services in excess of $5,000.


Item 15.	*Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules*

(a) Financial Statements Schedules and Exhibits.

(1) The following consolidated financial statements are included in Item 8:

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms

Consolidated Balance Sheets

Consolidated Statements of Operations

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(2) The following financial statement schedule is included in Item 15(d): Schedule II — Valuation and Qualifying Accounts. All other schedules not listed above have been omitted because they are inapplicable or are not required.

(3) Listing of Exhibits:

(b) Intentionally omitted


Number			Description

	3	.1(1)	Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation effective October 20, 2000.
	3	.2(2)	Certificate of Amendment of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation effective June 28, 2002.
	3	.3(1)	Amended and Restated Bylaws effective October 20, 2000.
	3	.4(9)	Certificate of Designation for Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock.
	3	.5(12)	Certificate of Designation for Series B Preferred Stock.
	4	.1(1)	Form of specimen Common Stock Certificate.
	4	.2(8)	Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement by and between Northrop Grumman Space & Mission Systems Corp. and the Registrant dated September 14, 2005.
	4	.3(9)	Rights Agreement dated as of December 1, 2005 between Endwave Corporation and Computershare Trust Company, Inc.
	4	.4(9)	Form of Rights Certificate.
	4	.5(12)	Preferred Stock and Warrant Purchase Agreement by and between Oak Investment Partners XI, Limited Partnership and the Registrant dated April 24, 2006.
	4	.6(12)	Warrant issued to Oak Investment Partners XI, Limited Partnership.
	10	.1(1)	Form of Indemnity Agreement entered into by the Registrant with each of its directors and officers.
	10	.2(1)*	1992 Stock Option Plan.
	10	.3(1)*	Form of Incentive Stock Option under 1992 Stock Option Plan.
	10	.4(1)*	Form of Nonstatutory Stock Option under 1992 Stock Option Plan.
	10	.5(1)*	2000 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended.
	10	.6(1)*	Form of Stock Option Agreement under 2000 Equity Incentive Plan.
	10	.7(1)*	2000 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
	10	.8(1)*	Form of 2000 Employee Stock Purchase Plan Offering.
	10	.9(10)*	2000 Non-Employee Directors’ Stock Option Plan, as amended.
	10	.10(1)*	Form of Nonstatutory Stock Option Agreement under the 2000 Non-Employee Director Plan.
	10	.11(4),(11)*	Description of Compensation Payable to Non-Employee Directors.
	10	.12(11)*	2006 Base Salaries for Named Executive Officers.


Number			Description

	10	.13(11)*	2006 Executive Incentive Compensation Plan.
	10	.14(5)*	Executive Officer Severance and Retention Plan.
	10	.16(1)	License Agreement by and between TRW Inc. and TRW Milliwave Inc. dated February 28, 2000.
	10	.17(1)†	Production Agreement by and between TRW Inc. and the Registrant dated March 31, 2000 for the performance of the Development Agreement by and between TRW Inc. and Nokia Telecommunications OY dated January 28, 1999.
	10	.18(1)†	Services Agreement by and between TRW Inc. and the Registrant dated March 31, 2000.
	10	.19(6)†	Development Agreement by and between Nokia and the Registrant dated August 14, 2003.
	10	.20(7)†	Purchase Agreement by and between Nokia Corporation and the Registrant dated December 31, 2003.
	10	.22(2)†	Amended and Restated Supply Agreement by and between Northrop Grumman Space and Mission Systems Corp. and the Registrant dated March 26, 2004.
	10	.23(3)	Settlement and Release Agreement by and between Northrop Grumman Space & Mission Systems Corp. and the Registrant dated March 23, 2005.
	10	.24(10)†	Purchase Agreement between Nokia and Endwave Corporation dated January 1, 2006.
	10	.25(10)†	Frame Purchase Agreement by and between Endwave Corporation and Siemens Mobile Communications Spa dated January 16, 2006.
	10	.26(13)†	Lease Agreement by and between Legacy Partners I San Jose, LLC and the Registrant dated May 24, 2006.
	10	.27(13)†	Supply Agreement by and between Northrop Grumman Space and Mission Systems Corp. and the Registrant dated July 25, 2006.
	10	.28†	Services Agreement by and between Hana Microelectronics Co., Ltd. and the Registrant dated October 15, 2006.
	23	.1	Consent of Burr, Pilger & Mayer LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.
	31	.1	Certification by Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
	31	.2	Certification by Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
	32	.1	Certifications of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.


(1)		Previously filed with the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-41302) and incorporated herein by reference.

(2)		Previously filed with the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference.

(3)		Previously filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 25, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference.

(4)		Previously filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 3, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference.

(5)		Previously filed with the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference.

(6)		Previously filed with an amendment to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2003 filed on August 4, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference.

(7)		Previously filed with an amendment to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003 filed on August 4, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference.

(8)		Previously filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 15, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference.


(9)		Previously filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 5, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference.

(10)		Previously filed as an exhibit with the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference.

(11)		Previously filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 8, 2006 and incorporated herein by reference.

(12)		Previously filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 26, 2006 and incorporated herein by reference.

(13)		Previously filed with an amendment to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2006 and incorporated herein by reference.

*		Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

†		Confidential treatment has been requested for a portion of this exhibit.

(d) Financial Statement Schedule

ENDWAVE CORPORATION

SCHEDULE II

VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

Allowance for doubtful accounts:


			Additions
			(Reductions)
	Balance at		Charged to			Deductions			Balances
	Beginning		Costs and			and			at End of
	of Period		Expense			Write-offs			Period
	(In thousands)

Year ended December 31, 2006	$	296	$	(124	)	$	(41	)	$	131

Year ended December 31, 2005	$	243	$	59		$	(6	)	$	296

Year ended December 31, 2004	$	284	$	66		$	(107	)	$	243

100

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

ENDWAVE CORPORATION


	By:	/s/ BRETT W. WALLACE

Brett W. Wallace

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints each of Edward A. Keible, Jr. and Brett W. Wallace, his attorneys-in-fact, each with the power of substitution, for him in any and all capacities, to sign any amendments to this Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact, or substitute or substitutes may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof. Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated:


Signatures	Title	Date

/s/ EDWARD A. KEIBLE, JR. Edward A. Keible, Jr.	President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)	March 13, 2007

/s/ EDWARD C.V. WINN Edward C.V. Winn	Chairman of the Board of Directors	March 13, 2007

/s/ JOSEPH J. LAZZARA Joseph J. Lazzara	Director	March 13, 2007

/s/ JOHN F. MCGRATH, JR. John F. McGrath, Jr.	Director	March 13, 2007

/s/ WADE MEYERCORD Wade Meyercord	Director	March 13, 2007

/s/ ERIC STONESTROM Eric Stonestrom	Director	March 13, 2007

101

INDEX TO EXHIBITS


Number			Description

	3	.1(1)	Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation effective October 20, 2000.
	3	.2(2)	Certificate of Amendment of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation effective June 28, 2002.
	3	.3(1)	Amended and Restated Bylaws effective October 20, 2000.
	3	.4(9)	Certificate of Designation for Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock.
	3	.5(12)	Certificate of Designation for Series B Preferred Stock.
	4	.1(1)	Form of specimen Common Stock Certificate.
	4	.2(8)	Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement by and between Northrop Grumman Space & Mission Systems Corp. and the Registrant dated September 14, 2005.
	4	.3(9)	Rights Agreement dated as of December 1, 2005 between Endwave Corporation and Computershare Trust Company, Inc.
	4	.4(9)	Form of Rights Certificate.
	4	.5(12)	Preferred Stock and Warrant Purchase Agreement by and between Oak Investment Partners XI, Limited Partnership and the Registrant dated April 24, 2006.
	4	.6(12)	Warrant issued to Oak Investment Partners XI, Limited Partnership.
	10	.1(1)	Form of Indemnity Agreement entered into by the Registrant with each of its directors and officers.
	10	.2(1)*	1992 Stock Option Plan.
	10	.3(1)*	Form of Incentive Stock Option under 1992 Stock Option Plan.
	10	.4(1)*	Form of Nonstatutory Stock Option under 1992 Stock Option Plan.
	10	.5(1)*	2000 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended.
	10	.6(1)*	Form of Stock Option Agreement under 2000 Equity Incentive Plan.
	10	.7(1)*	2000 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
	10	.8(1)*	Form of 2000 Employee Stock Purchase Plan Offering.
	10	.9(10)*	2000 Non-Employee Directors’ Stock Option Plan, as amended.
	10	.10(1)*	Form of Nonstatutory Stock Option Agreement under the 2000 Non-Employee Director Plan.
	10	.11(4),(11)*	Description of Compensation Payable to Non-Employee Directors.
	10	.12(11)*	2006 Base Salaries for Named Executive Officers.
	10	.13(11)*	2006 Executive Incentive Compensation Plan.
	10	.14(5)*	Executive Officer Severance and Retention Plan.
	10	.16(1)	License Agreement by and between TRW Inc. and TRW Milliwave Inc. dated February 28, 2000.
	10	.17(1)†	Production Agreement by and between TRW Inc. and the Registrant dated March 31, 2000 for the performance of the Development Agreement by and between TRW Inc. and Nokia Telecommunications OY dated January 28, 1999.
	10	.18(1)†	Services Agreement by and between TRW Inc. and the Registrant dated March 31, 2000.
	10	.19(6)†	Development Agreement by and between Nokia and the Registrant dated August 14, 2003.
	10	.20(7)†	Purchase Agreement by and between Nokia Corporation and the Registrant dated December 31, 2003.
	10	.22(2)†	Amended and Restated Supply Agreement by and between Northrop Grumman Space and Mission Systems Corp. and the Registrant dated March 26, 2004.
	10	.23(3)	Settlement and Release Agreement by and between Northrop Grumman Space & Mission Systems Corp. and the Registrant dated March 23, 2005.
	10	.24(10)†	Purchase Agreement between Nokia and Endwave Corporation dated January 1, 2006.
	10	.25(10)†	Frame Purchase Agreement by and between Endwave Corporation and Siemens Mobile Communications Spa dated January 16, 2006.
	10	.26(13)†	Lease Agreement by and between Legacy Partners I San Jose, LLC and the Registrant dated May 24, 2006.


Number			Description

	10	.27(13)†	Supply Agreement by and between Northrop Grumman Space and Mission Systems Corp. and the Registrant dated July 25, 2006.
	10	.28†	Services Agreement by and between Hana Microelectronics Co., Ltd. and the Registrant dated October 15, 2006.
	23	.1	Consent of Burr, Pilger & Mayer LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.
	31	.1	Certification by Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
	31	.2	Certification by Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
	32	.1	Certifications of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.


(1)		Previously filed with the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-41302) and incorporated herein by reference.

(2)		Previously filed with the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference.

(3)		Previously filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 25, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference.

(4)		Previously filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 3, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference.

(5)		Previously filed with the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference.

(6)		Previously filed with an amendment to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2003 filed on August 4, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference.

(7)		Previously filed with an amendment to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003 filed on August 4, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference.

(8)		Previously filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 15, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference.

(9)		Previously filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 5, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference.

(10)		Previously filed as an exhibit with the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference.

(11)		Previously filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 8, 2006 and incorporated herein by reference.

(12)		Previously filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 26, 2006 and incorporated herein by reference.

(13)		Previously filed with an amendment to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2006 and incorporated herein by reference.

*		Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

†		Confidential treatment has been requested for a portion of this exhibit.

EX-10.28 2 f27824exv10w28.htm EXHIBIT 10.28 exv10w28

Exhibit 10.28

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED – EDITED COPY

**** Certain confidential information contained in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Omissions are designated as [****].

Endwave Procurement Private

MASTER MANUFACTURING SERVICES

AND SUPPORT AGREEMENT

Between

Endwave Corporation and Hana Microelectronics Limited

October 15, 2006

Table of Contents


		Page No.
Opening and Recitals

Agreement Terms
Article 1.	Effective Term		3
Article 2.	Scope		3
Article 3.	Structure		4
Article 4.	Definitions of Terms		4
Article 5.	Engagement of Manufacturer		4
Article 6.	Responsibilities		5
Article 7.	Order Management Process		7
Article 8.	Quality		7
Article 9.	Engineering Change Notices		9
Article 10.	Factory Returns		10
Article 11.	New Product Introduction Process		10
Article 12.	Property Management & Control		10
Article 13.	Intellectual Property		11
Article 14.	Contractual Changes		11
Article 15.	Reporting and Liaison		12
Article 16.	Reviews		12
Article 17.	Payment Terms		13
Article 18.	Product Warranties & Disclaimers		13
Article 19.	Indemnification		14
Article 20.	Insurance		15
Article 21.	Limitation of Liability		15
Article 22.	Confidentiality		16
Article 23.	Termination		17
Article 24.	Disputes		17
Article 25.	General Provisions		17

Exhibit 1: Definitions of Terms and Acronyms
Exhibit 2: Service Pricing
Exhibit 3: Hana Provided Manufacturing Material & Supplies
Exhibit 4: Equipment Loan Agreement of January 2005

Appendix A: Logistics Matters
Appendix B: New Product Introduction (“NPI”) Process
Appendix C: Factory Return Process and Procedures

Endwave Procurement Private

Master Manufacturing Services Support Agreement

This Master Manufacturing Services & Support Agreement, hereinafter referred to as the “Agreement” or alternately “MMSSA,” is made by and between Endwave Corporation, With principal offices at 776 Palomar Avenue, Sunnyvale, California 94085 (“Buyer”) and Hana Microelectronics Ltd. with principal offices at 10/12 Moo 4, Chiangmai-Lampang Road, T. Baanklang, Lamphun 51000, Thailand (“Manufacturer”), and is effective on and after October 15,2006.

Recitals

Whereas, Buyer’s addressable world-wide market has expanded in terms of numbers of customers, unit volume, and variants of microelectronic transceiver designs since 2002; and

Whereas, the previous contractual arrangements only address and regulate [****] products; and

Whereas, the parties each desire to update their contractual arrangements to more completely and clearly reflect current and projected business needs for new product introduction, build-to-forecast procedures, single-piece flow manufacturing, annual cost reduction and continuous improvement;

Now Therefore, in exchange for their mutual promises and other good and valuable consideration, the sufficiency of which is acknowledged, Buyer and Manufacturer do hereby agree to a revised contractual relationship as more particularly set forth below.

Terms of Agreement

1. Effective Term. The parties agree to a fixed term of 2 years commencing October 15, 2006 (the “Effective Date”) and concluding, unless earlier terminated or extended by mutual agreement, on October 14. 2008. Additionally, the parties agree that the contract relationship established hereunder shall automatically continue without interruption for successive one year terms, on the same contractual terms and conditions, if neither party gives the other party at least 365 days advance written notice of its intention not to renew.

2. Scope. This Agreement is intended by the parties to comprehensively define and document the business relationship now subsisting between them, and to create a flexible framework for accommodating unknown future changes in business requirements and prices in a mutually beneficial way. Accordingly, this Agreement intentionally describes and endorses voluntary commercial behavioral rules that are aimed at establishing, protecting, and improving a vital commercial relationship built on trust, respect, and goodwill.

Endwave Procurement Private

3. Structure. This Agreement is Structured as a relationship “frame agreement”, with legally and operationally significant commercial terms and conditions applicable the entire relationship expressed in the main body of the Agreement. Logistical process and procedure describing the recurring mainstream planning-forecasting-ordering-build-ship cycle of activity is the subject of Appendix A to this Agreement. Subsequent Appendices shall be modular in construction, and address Buyer end-user customer specific requirements, such as Appendix B. New Product Introduction. In this regard, any Exhibit or Appendix referred to in the main body of this Agreement is considered to be incorporated by reference into the Agreement, and is regarded as integral to the whole. Lastly, as the commercial nature and volume of business changes, additional Appendices may be amended to this Agreement by written amendment in accordance with the Changes clause below.

4. Definitions of Terms. To the extent that this Agreement uses words, terms or phrases that have specialized meaning to the parties that are not defined in the body of this MMSSA. they shall be defined in Exhibit 1 to this Agreement, which Exhibit is incorporated by reference.

5. Engagement of Manufacturer.

5.1 Manufacture of Products for Buyer. Buyer hereby engages, hires and retains Manufacturer on a non-exclusive basis to manufacture, assemble, test, inspect, pack, ship, and repair Buyer designed Products in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, including applicable exhibits and appendices, solely for sale to Buyer. Manufacturer acknowledges and agrees that Buyer shall retain the right, either on its own or through the use of a third party, to obtain the same services as provided by Manufacturer hereunder. Unless otherwise agreed. Manufacturer is not responsible for the design of Buyer products.

5.2 Manufacturing Facility. Manufacturer shall fulfill its obligations under this Agreement solely at a facility designated and approved in writing by Buyer (the “Manufacturing Facility”). Initially, it is agreed by the parties that all manufacturing service will be performed by Manufacturer at its existing facility in the free trade zone at Lamphun, Thailand.

5.3 Exclusivity of Production. Manufacturer herby undertakes to supply Products to Buyer, and to allocate sufficient labor, facility, capital equipment, tools, and other resources as may be required to manage and control manufacturing operations in accordance with delivery schedules and orders placed under the provisions of Appendix A. Manufacturer will manufacture the Products exclusively for Buyer and will not sell or otherwise provide covered Products, in sample form or otherwise, to any other person, firm, company, or government without Buyer’s prior written approval. Except as provided in Article 19 (Indemnification), nothing in this MMSSA is intended to grant to Manufacturer a license to the Products or to any Buyer Technology or Intellectual Properly by virtue of the services to be performed.

**** Certain confidential information contained in this doc been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Omissions are designated as [****].

Endwave Procurement Private

5.4 Non-Delegable Responsibility. Manufacturer acknowledges that Buyer has elected to contract with Manufacturer on a preferred basis due to Buyer’s understanding of and belief in Manufacturer’s unique skill in concurrent manufacturing of high volume products of varying design and complexity. Therefore, Manufacturer’s rights and obligations under this MMSSA may not be subcontracted or assigned to any third party or successor entity without the express written consent of Buyer. In the event that Buyer provides such written consent, Manufacturer shall remain wholly responsible to Buyer for the acts or omissions of any approved third party or successor entity.

5.5 Covenant Not To Compete. As an integral part of its engagement, and in consideration of the service prices to be paid by Buyer under this Agreement, Manufacturer agrees not to compete with Buyer in the design, manufacture, selling or reselling of micro-electronics devices for the worldwide telecommunications, defense, national security, or homeland security markets. This covenant not to compete is expressly limited to the following two situations: (a) where Manufacturer acts as [****] ; and b) where Manufacturer enters into [****] . This Agreement does not preclude [****] , provided that Manufacturer does not [****] .

6. Responsibilities.

6.1 Manufacturer’s Responsibilities. Throughout the period described by this MMSSA. and any extensions thereto, the Manufacturer shall be responsible for the following performance obligations:

(a) manage the manufacturing process, through the daily planning, organization and supervision of material flow, personnel assignment and rotation, and machine performance, including the provision of consumable manufacturing material and supplies as listed in Exhibit 3;

(b) comply with the operational provisions and procedures described by Appendix A to this Agreement;

(c) maintain a Kanban supply of finished goods equal to or less than [****]in secure storage between 15-30 degrees C, and 25-75% relative humidity;

(d) monitor and maintain Buyer supplied Exhibit 4 Automated Test Equipment in good working order, and report ATE defects as discovered or suspected;

(e) reduce raw component scrap rate to a goal of [****] Buyer supplied raw material, through an active program including the reporting of results at least weekly in a mutually agreed format;

(f) detect, report and follow-up with component vendors on RMI components that are judged by Manufacturer to require a Return To Vendor (“RTV”) for quality reasons;

(g) make progress towards a goal of [****]yields on finished goods for products not in NPI;

(h) collaborate with Buyer in the development of a plan for Continuous Improvement, including the commission of Kaizen teams as appropriate;

(i) report on weekly Quality data as detailed in Article 8 below;

(j) provide Buyer’s staff, including local RO members, with Facility access as required and reasonably requested;

(k) provide Buyers customers with Manufacturing Facility access, as reasonably requested in advance, and on a not-to-interfere basis;

(l) to support the conduct of Buyer’s evaluation of manufacturability, provide a small space near the designated manufacturing line for the

Endwave Procurement Private

conduct of Buyers engineering evaluation of engineering prototype or engineering production unit testing and evaluation on Buyer supplied test equipment;

(m) report perceived problems as encountered or suspected to Buyer’s designated representatives for prompt mutual resolution;

(n) ensure that all discrepant material and assemblies are identified, placed into Material Review Board (“MRB”) approved storage, and are visibly identified and linked to a Consigned Material Disposition Report (“CMDR”), or a NCRB, or a CDR ticket number, or any non-conforming item report ticket number system;

(o) when specified by Buyer, ensure that all manufacturing materials provided by Manufacturer are lead-free and handled compliant with EU Directives addressing RoHS and WEEE- requirements no later than July 1, 2006, specifically EU RoHS Directive 2002/95/EC and IPC/JEDEC J-STD-033A.

(p) periodically meet and confer with Buyer in evaluating and revising prices upwards or downwards based upon changed conditions, performance trends, or market conditions.

6.2 Buyer’s Responsibilities. Throughout the period described by this MMSSA, and any extensions thereto, the Buyer shall be responsible for the following performance obligations:

(a) actively collaborate and support the Manufacturer’s execution of its responsibilities detailed in Article 6.1 immediately above;

(b) comply with the operational provisions and procedures of Appendix A;

(c) provide all manufacturing raw material and components to the Manufacturer, except for manufacturing solder, solder paste, and epoxy;s

(d) provide manufacturing technical support as requested or required, including the provision of replacement ATF, if required;

(e) exercise effective configuration control over all designs released to Manufacturer;

(f) train Manufacturer’s personnel in new designs, associated tooling, and software as necessary to release new products to full Manufacturing after Production Validation testing;

(g) collaborate with Manufacturer’s designated representatives in continuous improvement efforts aimed at reducing scrap, attrition, and cost;

(h) perform on-site lot sampling as required on a not-to-interfere basis in order to validate Manufacturer’s compliance with the provisions of Article 8 (Quality);

(i) actively participate in weekly production progress reviews and quarterly management reviews;

(j) host Buyer’s customer visits to the Manufacturing Facility on a not-to-interfere basis:

(k) timely pay Manufacturer for its services;

(l) ensure timely MRB-directed disposition of discrepant material through written CMDRs and CDRs:

(m) be responsible for material scrapped during the NPI process;

Endwave Procurement Private

(n) [****]meet and confer with Manufacturer in evaluating and revising prices upwards or downwards based upon changed conditions, performance trends or market conditions, including the mutual determination of the [****], if any, based upon the most recently concluded [****], which [****]shall be billed and made payable as a [****]

7. Order Management Process. The parties agree that Appendix A shall govern their respective day-to-day procedures and activities comprising the manufacturing cycle. Accordingly, Appendix A shall define the parties respective and coordinated actions in staging materials (Buyer), issuing kit launch orders per updated forecast (Buyer), kitting pre-fabrication bins (Manufacturer), and manufacturing assembly, test, inspect, pack and ship tasks (Manufacturer) within the prescribed cycle. The order issuance and management process supporting the described manufacturing cycle shall also be as stated in Appendix A as of the Effective Date, or as that Appendix may be updated from time to time in the form of an amendment to this Agreement.

8. Quality. In fulfilling its obligations under this MMSSA, Manufacturer shall comply at all times with the quality control provisions of this Article 8, as more specifically addressed herein.

8.1 Quality Warranty. Manufacturer warrants that it shall manufacture the products strictly in accordance with the Buyer’s individual product Specifications, Quality requirements and notes, and utilizing Buyer’s approved Workmanship standards published in manual [****] .

8.2 Supplier Quality. If applicable, the Manufacturer shall exercise appropriate control and oversight of any sub-suppliers it may choose to utilize, provided that the Manufacturer shall [****] provide to Buyer’s Quality Director a list of sub-supplier component and service vendors it is using to support the Objectives of this Agreement. The Manufacturer may assume that any vendor material procured by Buyer for use by Manufacturer originates from an approved Buyer source, and that Manufacturer is authorized to deal direct with Buyer vendors on Return To Vendor items that are found or judged to be deficient.

8.3 Facility. Manufacturer shall not transfer the manufacture of Products, in whole or part, to another facility without the prior written consent of Buyer.

8.4 New Designs. As part of the New Product Introduction (“NPI”) process discussed elsewhere in this MMSSA (Article 11 and Appendix B), Manufacturer shall provide [****] finished goods quality manufacturing samples of new Product designs to Buyer’s Quality Assurance representative for the purposes of qualifying the manufacturing process with respect to that new Product. Once the Product and the process are judged to be stable and repeatable by Buyer’s Quality Assurance Director, or his designee, then Production Validation is complete and that manufacturing process shall be considered baselined under Manufacturer’s control.

8.5 Quality System Standard. Manufacturer agrees that at all times during the effective period of this MMSSA, and any extensions thereto, Manufacturer shall maintain a quality assurance system that is equal to or superior to ISO 9002. Any formal

Endwave Procurement Private

change in the Manufacturer’s certified ISO status shall be reported to Buyer within thirty (30) days, whether the change in status was planned or unplanned.

8.6 Environmental Management System. Manufacturer agrees that at all times during the effective period of this MMSSA, and any extensions thereto, Manufacturer shall maintain an environmental management system that is equal to or superior to ISO Standard 14001. Any formal change in the Manufacturer’s certified ISO status–whether planned or unplanned–shall be reported to Buyer within [****] .

8.7 Site Visits and Surveys. Manufacturer shall permit Buyer, its authorized employees and/or its customers, to enter the Manufacturing Facility at all reasonable times and with advance notice to the Manufacturer’s supervisory representative, for the purposes of facility and product audits, or inspecting and testing the Products and their conformance to Specifications. Such site visits or surveys shall be informal in nature, and shall properly extend to the checking of materials and methods of manufacture, assembly, labeling, testing, line “traveler” documentation, manufacturing line inventory control, product traceability, RoHS compliance and packaging of Product. Although it is not intended that Buyer perform 100% finished goods inspection prior to shipment, all Products supplied hereunder are subject to on-site inspection and test by Buyer to the extent specific circumstances warrant doing so.

8.8 Disaster Planning. The Manufacturer shall propose a disaster recovery plan of its own composition within [****] of the Effective Date of this MMSSA. Local Buyer representatives may be consulted at no cost to aid Manufacturer’s construction of such a Plan. The Plan shall describe in reasonable detail what recovery, or relocation, or work-around steps the Manufacturer shall take in the event of natural or man-made disasters (such as loss of regional Internet or other utility service). The Plan shall be finalized with Buyer’s approval, and reviewed annually thereafter for continued currency.

8.9 Manufacturing Metrics. Manufacturer shall establish and use a standard set of manufacturing metrics (“Metrics”) through which Manufacturer will accurately discover data to guide continuous improvement in [****] . At a minimum, Metrics shall be collected on a weekly basis concerning: (a) [****] (defined as the sum of [****] ); (b) [****] (at [****] ); (c) [****] ; (d) [****] ( [****] ); (e) [****] ( [****] ); (f) [****] ( [****] ) along with written improvement plan(s) for any step indicating an out-of-control or degrading condition.

8.10 Access to Information and Corrective Action. In order to provide the objective evidence that Quality requirements under this Agreement are being fully met, Manufacturer shall maintain records of the quality information required by this Article 8 at its Manufacturing Facility in Lamphun for a period of not less than [****] years. Manufacturer will provide Buyer with access to such information, either through secure electronic data interchange, or through on-site visits during normal working hours with reasonable advance notice. In the event that Buyer concludes from a review of the available data that Manufacturer is not meeting its quality control obligations under this MMSSA, Buyer shall promptly inform the Manufacturer’s designated representative in writing. Thereafter, but in no event longer than [****] days, Manufacturer shall comment upon Buyer’s conclusions and findings, and within a commercially reasonable time, take appropriate corrective action.

Endwave Procurement Private

9. Engineering Change Notices (ECNs). The contractual relationship described by this Agreement can be characterized as a “build-to-print” arrangement whereby Manufacturer produces products designed by Buyer. Given the number of models and variants that Manufacturer is qualified to produce, as well as the dynamic market forces characterizing Buyer’s competitive market, it is expected that the Buyer (as designer) will have many engineering changes to make over the lifetime of any released product. This section is intended to describe the stable and repeatable Engineering Change process incumbent upon the parties, from first notice to Manufacturer through release into mass production.

9.1 The Engineering Change process affecting Manufacturers obligations under this Agreement shall be as follows:

i. Buyer shall post Buyer-released Engineering Change Notices electronically to Manufacturer’s ftp website in an agreed upon formal, along with e-mail notice that an ECN has been posted;

ii. Buyer’s Document Control Service shall indicate via e-mail whether each ECN is to be treated by Manufacturer as a “Routine” or “Emergent” ECN, and shall copy each ECN posting concurrently to the Buyer’s in-country RO staff engineer;

iii. Manufacturer shall acknowledge receipt of all ECN’s within [****] of receipt via e-mail to Buyer’s Document Control Services personnel, including their assessment as to whether the ECN increases or decreases cost or time of performance;

iv. In the event that Manufacturer believes in good faith that the ECN represents an increase or decrease in scope, they shall notify the local Buyer RO Staff Engineer for consultation, clarification, and written contractual direction;

v. In the expected event that the Manufacturer understands and accepts the ECN and its technical requirements, the Manufacturer shall commence the incorporation of the change through its engineering Document Control Service, and publish a revised Bill of Material (‘“BOM”) via [****] , or equivalent, back to Buyer’s Document Control Services personnel;

vi. Manufacturer’s implementation of accepted ECNs shall be on a [****] basis for “Emergent” changes, and on a [****] basis for Routine changes; exceptional cases shall be handled on a case by case basis;

vii. Upon receipt of the Manufacturer’s revised BOM, the Buyer’s Document Control Service shall fully and finally release and implement the ECN into production, whereby new units built after that date must incorporate the newly released ECN;

viii. In the event that the Manufacturer cannot implement the ECN, or believes it to be in error, the Manufacturer shall notify both the local Buyer RO staff engineer and Buyer’s Document Control Service, whereupon Buyer’s Document Control Service will cause the ECN to be re-examined by Buyer’s Engineering group;

ix. Both Buyer and Manufacturer shall maintain on ECN log record, and use the log to brief the implementation status of all ECNs at the quarterly review meeting discussed elsewhere in this Agreement.

9.2 ECN Process Review. The parties shall from time-to-time also review the adequacy and effectiveness of the ECN process, and shall revise it as necessary to accomplish the objectives of this MMSSA.

Endwave Procurement Private

10. Factory Returns. Because of its on-going importance in the conduct of business under this MMSSA, the subject of Factory Returns, also called and known as “RMA Process and Procedures.” is made the subject of a separate Appendix to this Agreement (Appendix C), incorporated by reference as if fully set out herein.

11. New Product Introduction (“NPI”) Process. Although this Agreement predominantly addresses itself to the standard manufacture of released products, the parties contemplate that during the life of this MMSSA, newly designed Buyer products will be introduced for low-rate or high-volume production. The transition from Production Validation (“PV”) to Pull Production is a crucial period, so much so that the parties have agreed to make it the subject of a separate Appendix to this Agreement (Appendix B), incorporated by reference as if fully set out herein.

12. Property Management & Control. In view of the Buyer’s considerable financial investment in procuring and providing raw materials to enable “turn-key” manufacturing, Manufacturer shall implement a Material Control Plan that effectively receives, tracks, and accounts for component material used, consumed or scrapped in the manufacturing process. Such a Material Control Plan shall also include provisions for the environmentally protected protection and storage of work-in-process, finished goods inventory, and kanban buffer stock. The Material Control Plan shall include provisions for monthly inventory of piece parts recorded in the [****] management system, and a confirming physical inventory at least [****] , at times and in a manner as the Manufacturer deems appropriate. The Manufacturer’s Material Control Plan shall be furnished to Buyer’s local representatives within [****] of the Effective Date of this Agreement. Lastly, the Manufacturer shall procure adequate insurance against risk of casualty loss for Buyer furnished materials, work-in-process, finished goods, and property in Manufacturer’s custody as required under Article 20 (Insurance) of this MMSSA.

13. Intellectual Property.

13.1 Buyer’s IP Rights. Product designs, selected microwave monolithic integrated circuit (“mmic”) designs, design documentation, hardware, software. Buyer designed special tooling, fixtures, firmware, Automated Test Equipment (ATE), Specifications and Buyer Work Instructions representing manufacturing know-how constitute Buyer Technology. At all times hereunder, Buyer shall retain and exclusively enjoy all ownership rights in Buyer Technology. All Buyer Technology included in the license granted to Manufacturer immediately below in Article 13.2 shall be licensed without fee or royalty. In consideration of this, Manufacturer shall assign to Buyer all ownership rights in any improvements and developments funded by Buyer, or co-funded by the parties, in derivatives of and/or modifications to the Products or the underlying Buyer Technology, including all related Intellectual Property, that is created by either party during the term of this Agreement.

13.2 Manufacturer’s IP Rights. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including but not limited to Manufacturer’s Confidentiality obligations under Article 22, Buyer hereby grants to Manufacturer a revocable, royalty-free, non-exclusive, fully paid and non-transferable license in and to the Buyer Technology, solely as necessary to permit Manufacturer to perform its obligations under this MMSSA.

Endwave Procurement Private

13.3 Limitations on Rights. The following operational considerations constitute limitations on the Intellectual Property rights exercisable under this Agreement:

(a) the design of all Products under this Agreement is proprietary to Buyer;

(b) Manufacturer does not acquire any right to manufacture and/or sell Products passing under this Agreement to any third parties;

(c) Buyer retains all copyrights in drawings, specifications, data, software and other material represented in fixed tangible media;

(d) Manufacturer shall not mention or present information to unaffiliated third parties concerning this Agreement or the engagement it controls without the express written consent of Buyer;

(e) Buyer acknowledges that the Manufacturer may be required to declare Buyers name for customs, export, or other governmental purposes;

(f) Buyer does not assert intellectual property rights over Manufacturer’s pre-existing Intellectual Property know-how respecting the manufacturing process.

14. Contractual Changes. Buyer may from time to time issue written changes to this contract as may be required to account for revised business requirements. Such changes include, but are not limited to, place of manufacturing, method of shipment, and modification of express responsibilities delineated in Article 6, above. In the event Buyer issues a written change to this contract under the authority of this Article 14, Manufacturer shall have [****] to assert a claim for equitable adjustment in the prices to be paid for Products, or for service fees not previously within the scope of the contract. A failure to assert a claim for equitable adjustment within the prescribed [****] period shall be conclusive as to whether the ordered change is reimbursable or not by Buyer. Moreover, in the event that Buyer’s conduct (including contractual direction by authorized Buyer representatives) under this MMSSA is deemed to constitute a material or cardinal change in Manufacturer’s existing obligations, Manufacturer may assert a unilateral claim for equitable adjustment for the Buyer’s consideration prior to performing the allegedly changed work. In such a case, the parties shall immediately meet and confer as to whether the changed requirement shall be the subject of a formal, written contract amendment. A failure to agree shall be treated as a dispute under the provisions of the Disputes clause (Article 24).

15. Reporting and Liaison. Regular reporting and close professional liaison on a [****] basis is considered critical by the parties to maintaining a commercially vibrant and mutually beneficial relationship. In the service of this objective, Buyer has established an in-country Representative Office, principally to facilitate regular, rapid and accurate exchange of information concerning new orders, work in process, engineering, and quality concerns. Both Buyer and Manufacturer commit to exert best efforts in meeting reporting and liaison objectives as follows:

(a) [****] telephone calls and e-mail correspondence as circumstances require;

(b) [****] electronic data exchange (“EDI”);

(d) [****] Quality metrics reporting and physical inventory reporting, within 5 days of the conclusion of the prior month;

(e) Quarterly Management Reviews at Factory or the RO facility in accordance with Article 16, below;

Endwave Procurement Private

(f) Periodic Executive Management meetings as requested by either party;

(g) Periodic Kaizen Team meetings, as required, to enable mutually selected manufacturing or business process improvement efforts.

16. Reviews. The Quarterly Management Review (“QMR”) shall be treated by the parties as the primary method for clear communications and refreshing of contract objectives. In light of the volume of supporting communications occurring in a typical week, month or quarter, QMRs shall be treated by the parties as action-oriented reviews of progress, problems, and plans. The QMR shall be convened no later than the [****] of a new quarter, and shall be closed to non-Buyer and non-Manufacturer personnel. The QMR shall nominally be held either at the Manufacturing Facility, or at Buyer’s RO, or at such other mutually agreeable place as the parties shall select. The QMR shall be chaired by [****] , or in his absence, the Buyer’s [****] . Although either party may propose additional topical discussion, the standard QMR agenda shall be as follows:

	(a)		[****];

	(b)		[****];

	(c)		[****];

	(d)		[****];

	(e)		[****];

	(f)		[****];

	(g)		[****];

	(h)		[****];

	(i)		[****].

Buyer shall be responsible for composing and publishing QMR meeting minutes within [****] of the conclusion of the meeting for appropriate distribution via electronic means.

17. Payment Terms.

17.1 Payments. Provided that Manufacturer is in compliance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Buyer shall pay Manufacturer as full and complete compensation the Product prices stated in Exhibit 2 Product Pricing, attached hereto and incorporated by reference. Such amount shall be payable in United States dollars (“USD”) within [****] of receipt of a conforming Manufacturer’s invoice. If Buyer shall dispute any portion of any invoice, then Buyer shall promptly pay the undisputed portion according to this Agreement, while concurrently informing Manufacturer of the nature of the dispute. The parties shall use their best efforts to promptly resolve the discrepancy. A failure to do so shall be handled under the Disputes clause of this MMSSA.

17.2 Payment Conditions. All payments made by Buyer are conditional on the following: (i.) Manufacturer has delivered the full quantities of the Products ordered, or has received Buyers written permission to make a partial delivery, and (ii.) the delivered Products conform to the Product Specifications and Workmanship standards in all material respects. Buyer is entitled to withhold payment for any unapproved partial deliveries. Lastly, undisputed payments owed by Buyer to Manufacturer shall be deemed late after [****] from receipt of a proper invoice, and shall thereafter bear simple interest at a rate of [****] per annum.

17.3 Taxes and Duties. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, all Product prices are net of any taxes and duties. Buyer agrees that it is responsible for and

Endwave Procurement Private

shall reimburse Manufacturer for any sales, use, import, export, value-added or similar tax or duty relating to any Product pursuant to the terms of this MMSSA, paid by Manufacturer on Buyer’s behalf, other than those based on Manufacturer’s net income. If a resale certificate or other certificate or document of exemption is required in order to exempt manufactured Product from such liability, Manufacturer agrees to promptly execute and furnish such document or certificate to Buyer and relevant taxing authorities. In the event that The Manufacturing Facility is relocated from the Lamphun Free Trade Zone, or otherwise loses its free-trade status, the parties agree to renegotiate this provision.

18. Product Warranties & Disclaimers.

18.1 Product Warranty. Manufacturer warrants to Buyer that (a) upon delivery, each unit of Product will he free and clear of any lien or encumbrance; (b) each unit of Product will conform in all material respects to the Specifications and Quality criteria; (c) be made entirely of new or unused material, and (d) each unit of Product will be free from defects in workmanship and materials under ordinary and proper use for [****] from the date Manufacturer ships the Product to Buyer or Buyer’s designated customer (the “Product Warranty”). For the avoidance of doubt, the following elements are included in this Product Warranty: (i.) all Product tendered for delivery shall be new, unused, and in good working order; (ii.) be free from defects in materials and workmanship, excluding design defects or Buyer supplied RMI material; (iii.) strictly conform to the Specifications and Quality Requirements in all material respects; and (iv.) unless a particular Manufacturer’s Failure Analysis Report determines beyond reasonable doubt that a returned product is defective because of customer or Buyer mishandling or abuse, Manufacturer shall pay for all costs of repair or replacement of defective Product.

18.2 Warranty Service. If any unit of Product breaches the Product Warranty, Manufacturer shall promptly either repair or replace, at Manufacturer’s option, or by mutual agreement, credit Buyer for, Buyer’s sale price of the breaching unit(s). The [****] Product Warranty shall also apply to all Products supplied by Manufacturer in replacement of defective Products. Whether Manufacturer elects to repair or replace defective product, the Manufacturer shall comply with the RMA unit cycle-time requirements delineated in Article 10 (Factory Returns) above.

18.3 Latent Defects. Notwithstanding any time limitations set forth in this Article 18, Manufacturer shall repair or replace, at its expense, any unit of Product that contains a defect that existed at the time of manufacture but without being then active or discernible or evident, such that the defect could not have been discovered through the exercise of ordinary manufacturing diligence under acceptance test methods then customary in the industry.

18.4 Repair/Replacement System. Manufacturer shall be solely responsible for establishing an effective system for receiving, trouble-shooting, discovering, and repairing previously delivered Products returned by Buyer or Buyer’s customer within the [****] Product Warranty period, as described in Article 10. The parties agree that their mutual manufacturing excellence goal is to keep factory warranty returns [****] of total units delivered.

Endwave Procurement Private

18.5 Non-Warranty Returns. (Reserved).

18.6 Reporting. Consistent with the provisions of Article 10 and Article 8 (Quality Requirements), Manufacturer shall provide Buyer with a standard monthly report containing data relating to all units of Product returned to Manufacturer for repair or replacement. Such unit specific reporting data shall include: (i.) the serial number(s) of the received unit(s); (ii.) a description by serial number of the actions taken to repair or replace; (iii.) an indication whether such repair or replacement action is made under the Product Warranty; (iv.) the price charged for such repair or replacement if not made under the Product Warranty. Such data, and past reports containing data, shall be retained by Manufacturer and available for on-site inspection by authorized Buyer Representatives.

19. Indemnification.

19.1 Infringement Indemnification by Manufacturer. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Manufacturer will indemnify, defend and hold Buyer harmless from and against any damages, liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorney’s fees) actually paid by Buyer in settlement of, or held against Buyer arising out of, a claim that (a) the use or sale of any Product infringes a patent, copyright, trade secret or other proprietary right of a third party (a “Third Party Proprietary Right”), to the extent such claim is based upon modifications to the Product, Specifications, or Product Quality Criteria made by Manufacturer, or (b) the manufacturing process used by Manufacturer to produce the Product infringes any Third Party Proprietary Right.

19.2 Infringement Indemnification by Buyer. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Buyer will indemnify, defend and hold Manufacturer harmless from and against any damages, liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorney’s fees) actually paid by Manufacturer in settlement of, or held against Manufacturer arising out of, a claim that the manufacture or use of any Product infringes a Third Party Proprietary Right, to the extent such claim is based upon the manufacture of a Product made in accordance with the Specifications and/or Product Quality Criteria.

19.3 Product Liability. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Manufacturer will indemnify, defend and hold Buyer harmless from and against any damages, liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorney’s fees) actually paid by Buyer in settlement of, or held against Buyer arising out of, a claim by a third party for personal injury or property damage which arises out of (a) a [****] , or (b) the [****] , provided that the personal injury or properly damage was not caused by use of products outside of their intended usage. Any settlement or compromise of claims effecting this indemnification shall be coordinated and mutually agreed upon between the parties before being finalized with any third party claimants.

19.4 Indemnification Procedure. A party seeking indemnification under this Agreement (the “Indemnified Party”) will (a) give the other party (the “Indemnifying Party”) notice of such claim; (b) cooperate with the Indemnifying Party, at the Indemnifying Party’s expense, in the defense of such claim; and (c) give the Indemnifying Party the right to control the defense and settlement of any such claim, except that the Indemnifying Party will not enter into any settlement that affects the Indemnified Party’s rights or interest without the Indemnified Party’s prior written consent. The Indemnified

Endwave Procurement Private

Party shall have no right or authority to settle any claim on behalf of the Indemnifying Party.

20. Insurance. Manufacturer shall at all times maintain “all risk” or similar insurance (including coverage for damage caused by earthquake, fire. flooding and construction defects) in an amount equal to [****] . Within [****] of the Effective Date, Manufacturer shall provide written proof of commercial casually loss or self insurance coverage in a minimum amount of [****] with a reputable insurance or re-insurance company of its own choosing, naming Endwave Corporation as an Additional Insured party.

21. Limitation of Liability. TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, IN NO EVENT SHALL EITHER PARTY BE LIABLE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT FOR ANY INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, INCLUDING LOSS OF PROFITS, INCURRED BY THE OTHER PARTY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION IN CONTRACT, TORT, OR BASED ON WARRANTY, EVEN IF THE PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. THE FOREGOING LIMITATIONS SHALL NOT APPLY TO MANUFACTURERS LIABILITY UNDER SECTIONS 19 (Indemnification) OR TO A BREACH BY MANUFACTURER OF ITS OBLIGATIONS UNDER SECTION 22 (Confidentiality).

22. Confidentiality.

22.1 Restrictions on Use and Disclosure. Recipient agrees to hold the Discloser’s Confidential Information in strict confidence, and to use such reasonable precautions to protect such Confidential Information as it employs to protect its own Confidential Information, but in no case shall such protective actions be less than a reasonable standard of care as practiced in the competitive microelectronics manufacturing industry. Except as expressly set forth herein, Recipient may not disclose Discloser’s Confidential Information or any information derived therefrom to any third party. Recipient agrees not to use Discloser’s Confidential Information for any purpose other than as necessary to fulfill Recipient’s obligations or exercise its rights under this MMSSA. Recipient will limit access to Discloser’s Confidential Information to Recipients employees and authorized directors, agents or representatives who are bound by pre-existing obligations of confidentiality substantially similar to, and no less restrictive than, those contained herein. Recipient agrees to take all reasonable steps to ensure that the Discloser’s Confidential Information is not disclosed or distributed by its employees, directors, agents or authorized representatives in violation of the terms of this Agreement. Recipient agrees to promptly advise the Discloser if Recipient is aware or suspects that the security of the Discloser’s Confidential Information has been or may be compromised in any way.

22.2 Required Disclosure. The restrictions of Article 22.1 will not operate to prevent disclosures of Confidential Information required by any law or regulation, or in response to a valid order by a court of competent jurisdiction or other governmental authority; provided however, that: (a) Recipient provides the Discloser with prompt written notice of such pending disclosure, if reasonable under the circumstances, in order to provide the Discloser (at its own expense) to object to the disclosure, or to seek confidential treatment or other protective measures to preserve to the extent possible the

Endwave Procurement Private

confidentiality of the Confidential Information and (b) Recipient reasonably cooperates with Discloser in connection therewith, at Discloser’s expense.

22.3 Injunctive Relief. The recipient acknowledges that the Discloser’s Confidential Information constitutes valuable trade secrets of the Discloser. Recipient acknowledges that any unauthorized use or disclosure of Discloser’s Confidential Information would cause Discloser irreparable harm, for which Discloser’s remedies at law would be inadequate. Accordingly. Recipient acknowledges and agrees that if any such unauthorized use or disclosure occurs, the Discloser will be entitled, in addition to any other remedies available to it at law or in equity, to seek the issuance of injunctive or equitable relief.

22.4 No Rights Granted. Except as otherwise provided in this MMSSA, the Recipient acquires no license or other rights to any Confidential Information of the Discloser, including, without limitation, any right that has issued or may issue based upon such Confidential Information. All Confidential Information and materials furnished to the Recipient by the Discloser, and all copies thereof made by the Recipient, will remain the property of the Discloser.

22.5 Survival of Rights. Discloser’s rights to the protection of its own Confidential Information shall survive this Agreement, and are not diminished in any way by the suspension, termination, assignment, or completion of other executory obligations under the contract.

23. Termination.

23.1 Termination for Convenience. Either party may terminate this MMSSA without cause and for its own convenience upon the giving of at least 365 days written notice to the other party.

23.2 Termination for Cause. Either party may terminate this Agreement upon written notice to the other for the breach of any material provision of this Agreement. For a material breach that is capable of being cured in the reasonable judgment of the non-breaching party, the non-breaching party shall first serve the breaching party with written notice describing the nature of the breach and demanding a cure within the next thirty (30) calendar days. If after the passage of such period the noticed breach has not been cured, the non-breaching party may terminate this contract and immediately seek all legal and equitable remedies available to it.

24. Disputes. In the event of a dispute between the parties to this Agreement affecting their respective rights and obligations, the following four tier process shall be triggered:

(a) the aggrieved party shall report the existence, nature and scope of the dispute to the other in writing by the fastest means, and the parties shall locally attempt to settle the dispute through negotiation and accommodation;

(b) if after [****] from the commencement of local negotiations the matter is not mutually resolved, either party may refer the matter for more formal meet-and-confer discussions and negotiations between their respective senior executive representatives;

Endwave Procurement Private

(c) if, after [****] from the first commencement of management negotiations the matter is not mutually resolved, either party may refer the matter to non-binding mediation under the International Chamber of Commerce (“ICC”) Rules for Commercial Mediation, before a single mediator in Honolulu, Hawaii, U.S.A.;

(d) if the parties are unable to reach a settlement with the aid of the ICC mediator, the parties agree to authorize the mediator to arbitrate the dispute in accordance with ICC Rules, and to render a binding, non-appealable decision in the form of a written arbitral award. In such an event, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover its reasonable costs and fees, including attorney’s fees, from the non-prevailing party. If the nature of the award is such that a prevailing party cannot reasonably be identified, the parties agree to bear their own costs of mediation and arbitration.

25. General Provisions. The following General Provisions shall govern the parties conduct and relationship under this MMSSA.

25.1 Governing Law/Venue. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the United States and the State of California as applied to agreements entered into and to be performed wholly within California between California residents, notwithstanding the actual residence of the parties, and without resort to those jurisdiction’s rules respecting conflicts of laws. Any legal action, suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement not settled by the Disputes process described in Article 24 above, shall be instituted exclusively in a court of competent jurisdiction, state or federal, located in the Stale of California, County of Santa Clara, and in no other jurisdiction. The parties hereby irrevocably consent to personal jurisdiction and venue in, and agree to service of process authorized by, such courts. In any such action, suit or proceeding, the prevailing party (by final and non-appealable order or judgment in its favor) shall be entitled to recover from the non-prevailing party its reasonable legal fees and expenses incurred in connection with such action, suit or proceeding. The parties expressly agree that no part of this MMSSA shall be governed by or interpreted under the United Nations Convention for the International Sale of Goods (“CISG”).

25.2 Notices. All notices under this Agreement must be delivered in writing by courier, electronic facsimile, electronic mail, or by certified or registered mail (postage pre-paid and return receipt requested) to the other party at its address set forth on the first page above or as amended by notice pursuant to this Article 25.2. If not received sooner, notice by mail shall be deemed received five (5) days after deposit in the U.S. or Royal Thai mail system. Notices to Buyer shall be addressed to Buyers Director of Supply Chain Management at 776 Palomar Avenue, Sunnyvale, California 94085. Notices to Manufacturer shall be addressed to the address in the introductory paragraph of this Agreement.

Endwave Procurement Private

25.3 Relationship of the Parties. The parties hereto are independent contractors, acting on their own account. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to create an agency, employment, partnership, fiduciary or joint venture relationship between the parties. Neither party (nor any agent or employee of that party) is the representative of the other party for any purpose, and neither party has the power or authority to act as agent or employee in order to represent, act for, bind or otherwise create or assume any obligation on behalf of the other party for any purpose whatsoever.

25.4 No Third Party Beneficiaries. No party shall be deemed as a third-party beneficiary to this Agreement.

25.5 Assignment. Manufacturer may not assign this MMSSA, nor assign its rights or delegate its obligations under this Agreement, by operation of law or otherwise. without Buyer’s prior written consent. Any attempted assignment in violation of this Article 25.5 shall be null and void and without effect. Subject to the foregoing, this Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

25.6 Force Majeure. Except with respect to payment obligations, any delay in or failure of performance by either party to this Agreement shall not be considered a breach of this Agreement, and shall be excused, to the extent such delay or failure is caused by any events in the nature of earthquakes, famines, epidemics, other natural disasters, acts of God, war, riots, civil unrest, or other similar causes beyond the reasonable control of such party. A party subject to a force majeure event shall be obligated to (i) give prompt notice to the other party, (ii) use best efforts to mitigate the effects of such causes on its performance of obligations, and (iii) resume full performance with notice to the other party as soon as is practicable under the circumstances.

25.7 Waiver and Amendments. All waiver requests (and approvals) to the terms and conditions of this MMSSA must be in writing. Any waiver by either party to enforce a provision of this Agreement on one occasion shall not be deemed a waiver by that party of any other provision or such provision on any other occasion, nor shall a single waiver be deemed a continuing waiver of that term or condition. This Agreement may only be amended by a written document expressly identified as an amendment and signed by both parties.

25.8 Construction. The following rule shall govern construction of this Agreement: (a) article and sub-article headings are for reader convenience only and are not to be used in interpreting this Agreement: (b) as used in this Agreement, the words “including” means “including but not limited to”; (c) in constructing the terms of this Agreement, no presumption shall operate in favor of or against any party as a result of its counsel’s role in drafting the terms and provisions thereof; (d) all references to Articles or sub-Articles shall be deemed to be references to those within this Agreement unless otherwise indicated; (e) all capitalized terms defined herein apply equally to the singular and plural forms of such terms; (f) all monetary amounts refer to U.S. dollars unless otherwise indicated.

25.9 Entire Agreement. This MMSSA with associated Exhibits and Appendices constitute the entire agreement between the parties regarding the subject

Endwave Procurement Private

mailer hereof and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous agreements, understandings and communications, whether written or oral, regarding the subject matter hereof.

25.10 Counterparts. This Agreement may be signed in several counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original.

In Witness Whereof, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to he executed by their duly authorized representatives as of the Effective Date.


BUYER		MANUFACTURER

By:	/s/ Steve Layton Oct. 18, 2006	By:	/s/ W.K. Chow Oct. 18, 2006
	Steve Layton		W.K. Chow
Name:		Name:
	Vice-President & General Manager		Vice President, Sales
Title:		Title:

Exhibits:

			1: Definitions of Terms and Acronyms

			2: Service Pricing

			3: Hana Provided Manufacturing Materials & Supplies

			4: Equipment Loan Agreement of January 2005

Appendices

			A: Logistics Matters

			B: New Product Introduction (“NPI”) Process

			C: Factory Return Process and Procedures

Endwave Procurement Private

EXHIBIT 1
Definitions of Terms and Acronyms

“ATE” means Automated Test Equipment, generally furnished by Endwave and maintained by Manufacturer under this Agreement.

“Buyer” means Endwave Corporation, or any of its authorized subsidiaries and affiliates.

“Buyer Technology” means all physical device designs, drawings, manufacturing process instructions, test equipment and software, and Bill of Material items used under this MMSSA, whether reduced to a physical medium form or not, and regardless of whether patented, trademarked, or copyrighted.

“CDR” means Contact Discrepancy Report

“CMDR” means Consigned Material Disposition Report

“ECN” means Engineering Change Notice, whereby an engineering design change is fully disclosed along with its affected documentation

“EU” means the multi-national confederation of European Union nations, currently numbering 24

“FGI” means Finished Goods Inventory, describing goods that have completed the manufacturing process, have not shipped, and are still in the physical custody of the Manufacturer

“Intellectual Property” means any and all original works or derivatives of original works that are lawfully owned or in the possession of the party, whether categorized as patents, copyrights, trademarks, service marks, trade secrets or general know-how, whether or not represented in a physical medium, or reduced to actual practice

“Kanban” means the designated holding bin for finished goods that are used as buffer stock in ensuring post-manufacturing order fulfillment

“Manufacturer” means Hana Microelectronics Ltd. of Bangkok, Thailand, wherever situated, and including subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors and vendors

“Manufacturing Facility” means the Manufacturer’s facility in the Lamphun free-trade zone. Thailand

“MMSSA” means this multi-year Agreement and all exhibits and appendices, known as the Master Manufacturing Supply & Service Agreement

Endwave Procurement Private

“MRB” means Material Review Board, a Buyer entity that reviews allegedly defective or outdated material in order to exercise configuration control over physical designs

“NCRB” means Non-Conforming Receipts Board

“NPI” means New Product Introduction, a multi-gate Buyer process for transitioning a new design into full production; per Appendix B, NPI is complete at the end of Product Validation (“PV” or “Gate 4”), wherein [****]

“Products” means any and all models or variants of Buyer designed devices manufactured under this Agreement by Manufacturer

“RMA” means Returned Material Authorization, a Buyer documented and controlled system for accepting field returns for rework, repair or scrap at the Manufacturers Facility

“RMI” means Raw Material Inventory, usually provided by Buyer, and physically stored at Manufacturer’s Facility in secure storage

“RTV” means Buyer provided RMI components that are deficient in Manufacturer’s reasonable judgment, and must be returned to vendor by Manufacturer.

“RoHS” means the European Union legislation regulating, among other things, the permitted lead content of products intended for use within the EU countries

“STE” means Special Test Equipment, whether automated or not

“WEEE” means the Asian continent equivalent of the EU RoHS rules regarding lead-free manufacturing processes and products.

Endwave Procurement Private

EXHIBIT 2
Service Pricing

APPENDIX A
BUSINESS LOGISTICS

1.0 Introduction. This Appendix A is intended by the parties to the MMSSA to define their respective roles, responsibilities, and control actions in establishing and maintaining an efficient manufacturing cycle. The processes described herein and pictured in Figure 1 are designed to minimize material waste, rework, interruption of work, and late deliveries. The success of the contractual relationship largely hinges upon each party’s commitment of human and machine resources to make the described processes effective on a daily basis, and to openly collaborate when necessary to modify them.

2.0 Overview. Figure 1 pictorially represents what the parties logistically intend to do to establish a vibrant, best-in-class manufacturing relationship. The actions depicted are informed by an Endwave provided, non-binding, periodically updated, [****] forecast of future orders expected to be issued under the authority of this Agreement. While the forecast is non-binding more than [****] prior to actual delivery against firm kit launch orders, the forecast is provided so that the Manufacturer can independently detect trends and engage in longer range resource planning. In general, the binding order process described by this Appendix A can be summarized as follows: the parties will act in concert to pre-stage sufficient material to initiate parts kitting against firm orders a full [****] prior to the required shipment date, while maintaining sufficient (“Kanban”) stores of finished goods to account for ordinary failures, fluctuations, or delays in manufacturing.

3.0 Material Staging. Informed by its own Material Requirements Planning (“MRP”) system, Endwave will procure required parts, components, and sub-assemblies at its direct expense, and will cause them to be shipped to Manufacturer for pre-kitting receipt as Raw Material Inventory (“RMI”). On a regular and recurring basis, Endwave and Manufacturer shall engage in an Electronic Data Interchange (“EDI”) whereby [****] and what [****]. Initially, the common system to enable EDI shall be the Buyer’s [****], but the parties are free to choose an alternative system at a later date. Endwave shall [****] that 100% of all parts required are physically present in Manufacturer’s stores [****]. For its part, Manufacturer agrees that it shall [****] commence manufacturing against Orders with less than 100% pre-positioned parts in hand, provided that it has at least [****] of all parts necessary to begin kitting.

4.0 RMI Stores. Manufacturer shall maintain so-called RMI material in secure, weather-proof storage at its own expense. Manufacturer shall be responsible for ensuring material receipts are accurately and timely recorded in electronic records on a daily basis, and shall make its material inventory records supporting Endwave RMI inventory available to designated, approved, and authorized Endwave personnel. Manufacturer shall conduct a physical inventory of FGI, WIP, and RMI stores on a monthly basis, and report results to authorized Endwave personnel. In the event that Manufacturer detects deficiencies in vendor-supplied RMI, Manufacturer shall be authorized direct liaison with Buyer’s approved vendor in arranging RTV and replacement parts of conforming quality.

5.0 Kit Launch Orders (“Orders”). [****], Endwave will issue a Kit Launch Order against firm requirements needed to be shipped [****]. The Order type and quantity may not be changed by Endwave by more than [****] up or down once given, although successive Orders not yet issued may be influenced by mutual assessments of changed needs and work in progress. However, even successive Orders outside the [****] window that are yet to be issued by Endwave and accepted by Manufacturer may not be changed up or down by more [****] of the [****] for the most recently completed [****]. Each [****] launch Order will contain a specific mix of models by part number and common name, as well as a firm quantity for each model comprising the Order. In any given calendar quarter, [****] Orders will be electronically issued, usually on [****] of [****], addressing the [****] production kit starts.

6.0 The Manufacturing Sequence and Cycle Time. While Manufacturer shall be solely responsible for ensuring proper flow and sequencing of individual kits into finished goods, the parties agree that the following are performance activity targets for any single kit launch Order:

	a.		[****]: kit assembly from RMI, and launch into production;

	b.		[****]: fabrication into final assemblies

	c.		[****]: final assembly test, seal, and documentation

	d.		[****]: ship from FGI, or from Kanban, or to Kanban, as required.

7.0. Kanban. The parties agree that Kanban stored finished goods are to approximate no more [****] of manufacturing activity. In the event that a drawdown of Kanban units is required to fulfill any [****] shipment order, the Manufacturer will inform Endwave of such facts by model number and quantity. Thereafter, Endwave may adjust its next consecutive [****] kit launch orders to reflect the need to replenish Kanban units. The Manufacturer is expressly NOT authorized to build additional units beyond those in Orders explicitly ordered by the Endwave Master Scheduler on its own, in order to replenish Kanban unit drawdown. This operational rule exists and must be strictly observed to avoid ambiguity in Order issuance or production planning, as well as miscounting of available units for shipment. However, the Manufacturer shall be entitled. but not obliged, to advise Endwave on how fast Kanban drawdown can be replenished without work-force disruption.

8.0 Manufacturer Supplied Items. The special materials that Manufacturer shall procure in order to support the manufacturing process are agreed to be solder, solder paste, and epoxy. In addition, Manufacturer shall provide its own tools, machinery, and human resources to fulfill its Order obligations.

9.0 Special Test Equipment. Endwave shall provide Special Test Equipment (“STE”) to Manufacturer in order to support the manufacturing process. STE shall be used, maintained, and repaired in accordance with the provisions of Exhibit 4, Equipment Loan Agreement (January 2005).

10.0 Periodic; Review. The operational logistics described by this Appendix A are at the heart of the parties” day-to-day relationship, and will determine the success of the strategic engagement. In view of this, the continued viability and suitability of the Appendix A process shall be a mandatory review and discussion item at any monthly or quarterly progress review by the parties. If, as a result of experiences reported at such reviews, the parties mutually conclude that changes are required, such changes shall be made the subject of an amendment to this MVISSA. Additionally, [****] the parties shall review [****] to determine the amount of the [****], owed by Buyer to Manufacturer for [****]. Any accumulated difference will be billed and paid [****].

Figure 1

[****]

Figure 1A

[****]

APPENDIX B
NEW PRODUCT INTRODUCTION PROCESS

1.0 Introduction. This Appendix B is intended by the parties to document their respective and coordinated actions in managing the introduction of newly designed Buyer products into full-scale production. Hard won experience establishes that Manufacturer cannot reliably integrate new designs into their fleet of customized Buyer product production without an orderly, phased, controlled process for learning the new designs. It is foreseeable during the term of this MMSSA that Buyer will require Manufacturer to commence full-scale production of many new products, and Manufacturer’s ability to do so will substantially influence Buyer’s actual time to market. As a consequence, this Appendix is and shall continue to be a vital part of the commercial relationship.

2.0 Overview. In designing new microelectronic products for commercial use, Buyer executes a multi-phase, sequential, “gate controlled” product development process, Gate No. 4 is known as Production Validation (“PV”). As planned, PV entails production team familiarization with the product design, the creation of precise work instructions, and the build of production prototype units in small quantities to validate process, documentation, and test equipment prior to full-scale production. This Appendix describes those required steps in detail, and shall be rigorously followed by both Buyer and Manufacturer.

3.0 PV Initialization. Production Validation begins with the Buyer’s delivery of as built documentation from the end of the Design Validation (“DV”) phase of development. As built documentation includes, but is not necessarily limited to, drawing packages, parts lists, and test plans and procedures that are applicable to the new design. To the extent the new product requires different or altered test software to be properly tested with ATE, as built documentation includes such test software in source code format, installed by Buyer on the ATE in Manufacturers facility. As built documentation shall be submitted to Manufacturing in sufficient time to permit understanding and foreseeable obstacles or limitations. The Manufacturer shall be permitted to follow-up its initial review of as-built documentation with questions of the Buyer’s technical and QA staff members, in essence performing a Production Readiness Review (“PRR”). Once the Manufacturer is satisfied that the documentation is complete and feasible, it shall compose detailed work instructions for its team in their native language.

4.0 Pre-Production Units. Upon the creation of detailed work instructions, the Manufacturer shall commence the kitting and building of the first production line units in limited quantities as agreed upon by the parties. Concurrently, the Buyer shall install any new or revised ATE software on the test suite hardware in Manufacturers facility. Once the initial units are produced, they shall be subjected to the same ATE controlled testing as shall be used during full production in order to prove conformance with specification. Pre-production units shall also be visually inspected to assure that workmanship is acceptable, and that form and fit have been maintained.

5.0 Buyer Validation. Upon successful completion of ATE and visual testing; the Manufacturer shall tender the pre-production units to the Buyer for engineering and Quality Assurance validation. If such units pass, the Buyer shall report the result along with formal written authority to commence full production on a stated date in the future. If the units do not pass Buyer’s examination, or pass with such small margin as to impair future large-scale production pass rates, then the Buyer shall return the units with its report on the nature of the failure(s) and the recommended corrective action. After receiving the units back with the error report, Manufacturer shall rework the units (or start new pre-production units, if circumstances warrant), and repeat the process all the way through Buyer acceptance of pre-production units.

6.0 Low Rate Initial Production (“LRIP”). Upon successful passage of the pre-production unit inspection and testing steps, and Manufacturer’s receipt of Buyer’s written order to proceed with limited quantity production release. Manufacturer shall assemble sufficient kits with Buyer procured parts as to enable Low Rate Initial Production. LRIP shall be considered the last stage of Production Validation, and is structured to prove that production process and methods are stable and repeatable for that new model. Manufacturer and Buyer shall agree in advance as to what number of units constitutes a statistically significant LRIP run of products. It shall be Manufacturer’s responsibility to kit, release, build, and test LRIP units in exactly the same way as it intends to apply to mass production units. Upon the successful conclusion of LRIP unit build. Buyer shall review test results, and either grant or withhold grant (with reasons stated) of authority to begin full production per the Appendix A forecast and ordering procedures. From that moment, the new product is considered released to full production.

APPENDIX C
FACTORY RETURN PROCESS & PROCEDURES

1.0 Introduction. This Appendix C is intended by the parties to document their respective and coordinated actions in dealing with fielded units returning to the factory for repair, rework, or scrapping. Because the process entails important sequential steps on a time-scale that directly bears on and influences customer satisfaction, it is important that the process be clearly stated, executable, and reliably repeatable.

2.0 Overview. The factory return process, sometimes called the “RMA Process,” is by its nature an interruption in the normal Manufacturing single-piece flow contemplated by this Agreement. Under this Agreement, factory returns may be handled by Buyer or Manufacturer, as further defined below, in Buyer’s reasonable discretion. This Appendix is intended to define the factory return process in those cases where Manufacturer actions are required to complete repairs. The factory return process begins with unscheduled notice to Buyer by Buyer’s customer, followed by physical movement of the returning item(s) to Thailand, followed in rapid succession by noticed receipt, assessment, Buyer authorization, repair action, and return shipment. In this sequence of actions, both parties have responsibilities to each other that are described in detail below.

3.0 Initial Report. The Buyer will be contacted by customers on an unscheduled basis when a fielded unit problem implicating factory repair is encountered. The Buyer will interact with the customer as necessary to determine what the problem description is, whether the serialized item(s) is in or out of warranty, and what the appropriate action should be. If the Buyer concludes that a return to factory is warranted, the Buyer will give the customer a Returned Material Authorization (RMA) number with shipment instructions. The authorization shall be documented with the customer via electronic mail, with a copy to Manufacturer’s factory return coordinator if the item is coming back to Manufacturer. This will permit work-flow planning to a limited degree. Ordinarily, [****] will be borne by [****], especially for [****]. However, the downstream results of [****] may cause the [****].

4.0 Receipt. For those items returned under Buyer RMA to the Manufacturer, the Manufacturer will acknowledge receipt to Buyer within [****] of receipt, [****]. Incoming items shall be recorded in Manufacturer’s factory return log by RMA number and date/time of receipt.

5.0 Analysis. Buyer shall be responsible for the official evaluation and analysis of factory return items, unless Buyer has authorized a field return direct to Manufacturer’s site. Buyer will conduct themselves in such a way that cause and corrective action (“C&CA”) is promptly determined by Buyer, with or without outside assistance.

In the case where C&CA results objectively suggest that the root cause of an in-warranty return is a failure in Manufacturer’s compliance with workmanship standards, such determination shall be electronically communicated by Buyer’s factory return representative to Manufacturer, together with the objective evidence supporting that conclusion. Concurrently, Buyer’s factory return representative shall cause a debit memorandum to be issued and processed. A failure to agree on financial responsibility shall be handled as a dispute with the meaning of the Disputes provisions of this MMSSA. Out-of-warranty factory returns assigned to Manufacturer for repair shall be compensated by Buyer without regard to root cause responsibility and shall be treated as a credit billing on the next regularly occurring invoice for services.

6.0 Confirmation. Manufacturer shall confirm physical receipt of all factory return units within [****] of actual receipt, [****].

7.0 Repair Action. Immediately upon receipt of a confirming message from Buyer authorizing repair, Manufacturer shall repair the item in accordance with then current product model documentation, fully restoring the returned item to operational status. It is contemplated that repair action will include updating a repair item for approved ECNs that have been released since the item was first manufactured. If repair without intervening ECN incorporation is desired, Buyer must affirmatively say so in the confirmation message required by Section 6 immediately above. Manufacturer shall endeavor to complete all repairs of authorized, confirmed items within [****] of first attempting repair (thus excluding evaluation, recommendation and repair authorization periods described above). The parties agree that the cycle-time goal for completed repair from authorization to shipment is [****], in those instances where a) no new technical issues arise during repair to interrupt or delay work; b) all repair material is available during the course of the repair work; and c) the corrective action is of the same scope as the Buyer’s authorization. In those cases where the above three conditions do not exist. Buyer and Manufacturer will mutually agree on a revised RMA unit completion date that may require greater than [****] cycle-time.

8.0 Shipment. Upon completion of repair, the Manufacturer shall report completion in a standard Repair Action Report (RAR) formal, and electronically inform Buyer’s factory return coordinator, with a copy to Buyer’s local RO staff engineer. Upon completion of the RAR, Manufacturer shall be authorized to ship the repaired item at Buyer’s expense, unless otherwise informed. If the item has been scrapped, or failed to survive the repair process, Manufacturer shall similarly report that fact to the Buyer. RAR data and C&CA data shall be kept by the Manufacturer for a period of [****] years.

9.0 Financial Responsibility. The nature of the reported Held item failure ultimately determines who is financially responsible for the repair and shipment actions to be made in rapid succession. In general, the financial responsibility rules to be applied under this Agreement are as follows:

a. where the cause of the return is a defect in design within the warranty period or any extensions, it shall be Buyer’s responsibility to pay for shipment and repair;

b. where the cause of the return is a defect in manufacturing, serialization, or as-built documentation, it shall be Manufacturer’s responsibility to pay for shipment and repair;

c. where the cause of the return is abnormal wear and tear, or product abuse, or a condition that cannot be duplicated or proven, Buyer’s customer shall be financially responsible for shipment and repair activity.

EX-23.1 3 f27824exv23w1.htm EXHIBIT 23.1 exv23w1

EXHIBIT 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-3 (No. 333-75798) and Form S-8 (Nos. 333-115183 and 333-49012) of Endwave Corporation of our reports dated March 13, 2007 relating to the consolidated financial statements, financial statement schedule, management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appear in this Form 10-K.

/s/ Burr, Pilger, & Mayer LLP

San Jose, California
March 13, 2007

EX-31.1 4 f27824exv31w1.htm EXHIBIT 31.1 exv31w1

EXHIBIT 31.1

CERTIFICATION

I, Edward A. Keible, Jr., certify that:

1.		I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Endwave Corporation;

2.		Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;

3.		Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;

4.		The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) for the registrant and have:

(a)		Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;

(b)		Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c)		Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this annual report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this annual report based on such evaluation; and

(d)		Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.		The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a)		All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal controls over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b)		Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 13, 2007


		/s/ Edward A. Keible, Jr.
		Edward A. Keible, Jr. President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

EX-31.2 5 f27824exv31w2.htm EXHIBIT 31.2 exv31w2

EXHIBIT 31.2

CERTIFICATION

I, Brett W. Wallace, certify that:

1.		I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Endwave Corporation;

2.		Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;

3.		Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;

4.		The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) for the registrant and have:

(a)		Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;

(b)		Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c)		Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this annual report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this annual report based on such evaluation; and

(d)		Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.		The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a)		All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal controls over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b)		Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 13, 2007


		/s/ Brett W. Wallace
		Brett W. Wallace Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

EX-32.1 6 f27824exv32w1.htm EXHIBIT 32.1 exv32w1

EXHIBIT 32.1

CERTIFICATION

Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted), Edward A. Keible, Jr., Chief Executive Officer of Endwave Corporation (the “Company”), and Brett W. Wallace, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, each hereby certify that, to the best of their knowledge:

1. The Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2006, to which this Certification is attached as Exhibit 32.1 (the “Annual Report”) fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and

2. The information contained in the Annual Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have set their hands hereto as of March 13, 2007.

GRAPHIC 7 f27824f2782402.gif GRAPHIC begin 644 f27824f2782402.gif M1TE&.#EA4@(D`=4@`$!`0,#`P("`@/#P\-#0T!`0$.#@X#`P,"`@(%!04&!@ M8+"PL*"@H'!P<)"0D/___[^_OS\_/P\/#Z^OK^_O[T]/3R\O+U]?7Y^?G\_/ MSV]O;Q\?'X^/C]_?WW]_?P```/___P`````````````````````````````` M```````````````````````````````````````````````````````````` M`````````````````````````````````"'Y!`$``"``+`````!2`B0!``;_ M0)!P2"P:C\BD$PNF\_HM'K-;KO?<.E@ M$*_;[_B\?L_O[PT*#01%"P(!0@0!B@$&B`(.='Z2DY25EI>8F`L?G!\-0P8% M'P)"`)VC()N0@<'T>7FY^CI?@V<"0M#"(;;HA\'`P'`INK[ M_/W^_U@8F$H&0@"">Z@(`%`00,$H?*2"?4`20(!%`0P`:MS(L6.L>P8"+#CP M02$"`"019!P"#@"RB``*4+RH`(#'FSASZG2#K($B_P$E&P!`.8V!P$,&"'Y( M(*2`S24!GNZ<2K6J52J_$B0H@(`(1!!)XY$\Y+#!KI5*HEY=R[;M6@*["B1H MA0C`RI%%A0R(&Q&J5+>``PO^IXB,VL&($RMV-L?PW\60(TON>'BRY3;I.Z-*H4ZL.PH;2.3;MV[=FV<^LNC7NW[]^7>P,? M3GRP\.+(DU<]KKRY!1)+_;TZM7 MHXK3)R&A@+'C1"Y5)U9,L*_?SU_*K5R[]/(+*4DQY<`'&1F#C#+H]>?@@U=, MDTM(UV2#RB;O@-.`AN+4E__68Q"&**(2\[D#CSRD`'4("!\`\)5$^8$XXHPT M@B`0)\H8A%"*'ZS8XHOZ'%&11375:.2,((E$DDE$J72@CPF\5(I,0M(DXY%8 MJM?33T$-E1(#^#A`'BI+-76E5V=FJ29U66W5U1`O(E"``"0U4M99,:ZIIY9Q MS46$0BL1D-([W_#5A'Y[)OI;8=>EJ2A50T4JZ:-H6"<&HI1R)*.CF5Z"::<` M;0HJ+9^.VH]4*P9CJBREKJK.4PX=<`BGKO;1:JWGV"1``00X(!>MN.IQ:[#1 MV,6K7@K,2:RGP"[[Z@<.+*+(20BDZJRMS5YK#@-S7G111MSZJ>T>PXX["[?> M(#'_`#L"G&>N:=F^RPP^XR5A$J'RPE%NOI@0D`T4#)Q$%[]K[$LP)?[6V\0` M0&UXL!H&/]Q'PE48$)/"^5K*6KP27T+Q%0NAE*//?=RQX'MP`,#"JCEV+.?AJ[C@P'PZ,PGZC&8(C8_<"`+CU8 M3"4#1%,"]U!`/H3,)0L4X`*UT,`^\`]G[)/@!*]004DH[5\9M-\&NT`O3'S- M?*_3X`BE\+%,[(IN*13A"K'00E<`H@"ETYH*9]B$&L(B`..P5L=VR$,E^%`6 MM)/?P8A8Q"/,K&NT()_BEBC#)C[!<-`PB1#SQ40KZB5NVW**$LW512MB\1SK MZE^(`/B%,A;QC.D`GX-*QA*4X?]-/'\RS\N\&(;-^>.!^MN.SC[!,ZS-1W?V M6<48B^#&&7KO'Q?TWW.<%J"H280`!0+!@1)TD`6MCX]:>*1&+`;"[8R-0B@3 MPMDP]`U/K*UMVP.E%40)'9%MYVY>V1M35-0W%^5#9O*A_,87-"MR0BD.Y)?8M2/E17A)`HP@'5!&4' M=W+"+1;G=D!!1GUX%Z8QD:),PN-4(P>X3JK,;9'`<5Y7HC>]8LRI3M@S"X(^ M*4R`':LM4FP.7/SF)_+58T6"DE#Z_#9%BJ2SB?U<"Q`_IQSZ;:RA+%PH8L(% M4-VPT0O_^WS=$0.3QG8]*J:$F^E@Y+@GG&I-IXD)6/QZ^M$-`E4Q_+.IFGS: ML0$@`(J6(27&9L34A\&Q,X#$4E4)=E7/,*P`&*1J4>_75=%DLT9;E5=92=-. ML:(4"0D@IFN,*:*TFHN6KR&?-OEC5VWA-38CC8JD)I6=OCKKK[7QU0>4.%:< MO)2$C7V;`@XR'*(``:1K98IH17E%D%0A1!``H@RC:$(5Q''O,DIK2$4(?`R;:9[_P\L@]G0ZEJW M"%=*1':W2Q*_#:4!CP`O3G!)!*?R@D5_VU'E8@G2DC3'1=)2!,=6=KF!.`4` M^(V6-?R13%"0A!21:\A#?HF$::(DLP1#QE2!@S)O"9<+YFSP*NZ;7T8\@YL& M]A>TC-`2U,4$">8,`#IE>=11I;AU0^G$4!1@$>>^`IXE"<5#;>2BWRD#G\,C M\`I[?*U[Z%@`0HD))X9<9!=SH<0F'K$3!(J]DPP%D].P'EFRIU+V6I'*5CTG MEH="#RZG+`"H90*"$RS#B M566$:IHT@"`>EU.A"DI%E'@HCCX`I/_O["',9N&Q7LMTE<'X5J@$X--:KD?P M*#V)Z>YIK:W6,V[3I>I4\Q#7N5Z"J"AA:S49;=;!CL*P:]UK7,4UO,D^PF`) MR^P5(C;:FFGVJJZ-[7(4VTC<[G8TODVCR4);W,T@]XA.B^Y^J#M$[FTW--[] MH'C+^QGT[H^][YT&5&\AW_O1QJ3YO8;-?J.S(\/C$$8+;8!KJ M0\[3MJ6-&9PC;@;CIC&YR\WD)I][C.AZ5*:EY#@F\Y].]>0>9>_3\`#UPV(WZ?:C>-_MN_;Q*OY[8RWX9 MK\^-[6]?B]S71N"\3SWMFP-F;]D\^.?P/6KV?,X6(5_XN/I+PH;_?#8HOS12 MH1CUJ]_?R6`R,=R!F`1_\[7-YZE M-K*U7M(%@;OQ-1\V;1S(>SG72T/@-_0A8#"">&LB?^;'!T5'@N2Q$!I&.2EH M!$`A9/,C,"VH!U17@B!28^/4?VVW-T*W@U;P'C3D"5R2+A7H.TGQ9,&#?QM( M*1YX6T88!0?245BQ%&Y"!!58/6.14-KC9GK"@E>X!:%P(`/W!(`W,!`6'NA3 M*("G&'9HA8/H M!`2P"1%&'DLF"8N(&('XB$Y@9=DU15HV#F8G``;@`'*%+5C2B)H('S]!).ZR M7=[U"#9X`-I`9,DB%$CH!Y<(&)GX.GC3!_\AT5E`-C!9AE\8$04]`2V+P"T. MX8=WD(ML@8J\F'1O8`#9E64#(P"C%BU=@(T%(&J#U2*WR`?.>!5`H86+$8X< M,3.^X'T5%,!3Y!&&E$TVX&(*748Z9@0W#(#W2Q(?B2)&2H8\H*1A.)2;EI1$K`U9XE@IS$BF< M,##9M0A\$!(600>Q,E04@@0B!B<%`)(S^2`6B8B%D%P>L9-L\X]9`%J*H#^= M:))%`(R1@FP".5C_;P(/IS`-1;!=CR8,0K`5N>!EDU`>@X>-^,6.X=&-W)AW MC$>3C#@.-]D$W/(+!Q"5/*ECR0"+/2$I9NF*0<9UCG8?;3E89@F,%Z%-P#B7 M^N.5=/D$`5,W'[D'B4`'"Z!E@X81S!@%`W"5>JDO@(F)P%!Y!:`WT`)\KY!C M.J9-D/E;;4D21`:+2"7XD(^0D?^H.9VV66CE:68REA_P?* M!1C2C;FP3#AD8*,QG:F@91E1'F#"G)-@<+TU'@K7,M`6FMIADV!0#]-`9(HUW!:^6 M,GEC7QD"GAMY"D@8"E)A<;N#<4@0*:)@9NB('/^I!0O0`(=I"\C%F/9%F41@ M%M["-%9&I!.:751+-,:93,&$.X3>,=``) ML#?XY1#+M*3H<)",E);D@0AS"JP68:O!,UGBBJ;W*IZ`"I.:%*P3"JM7P*]# M\'4$@#(9D11*NFMM,8)*9UY)]R,R@0&P`"3)2;W<`RN>@28:6(7`;3H8#0' ML`#4.`Y+*X[@"5J""HO_HX"-TB,/E]&#,(AU2V%C7'>LBY4W!^``>XJI8?H: M&0L5*^D4'ANVQ60*P=41LD@([AH99.>#N#5C:1>%,A(?RJ`6_E4/6.8+'XH1 M07IG@-L63:N*K3,(X/!4#+"YQ+*=.L>5@T%FBBL$=8=0=P)Q`?@WA[E:0K8+ M"D`H!)"J#D"*[L[`]$)W9E`YEJF-),9;8A92)A1CBJ'A\=(@J5E M9L80TFD0"-``\K,`-=H(@-AJ[D830I9 M:9$LLL@\Z,22-K*["1=3P`<,'@O4S@#7T"'T>@ M#2W"OR*\!WLA"@LABADU#@9F`#$\PB0L!0W1C:,+B=Y@F.AX#Q5,E)I[.%VP MP6;I9;VR"YX%'CS,&:7"P,F@M>I2&#-S$EC1M]A@FF*,6_\H@O?$`\WZ5L'8(6^HJ[?'!R]=C*'R1!C,($UD9I> MRP3+B4Y#`29"0V,.,%F#MLH6LX_US!ML9P`-<`O(7`8-B1\LNT4SLTQ=^VI/ MI95YXUFID``%#`7SW-"HX5,+X!#CC`8I[3D]ZK6[0!*2DA(SA@]'0ZP+[V7ZQ3(9ND-)+X9?_8?!?8(%;U_H$OI*W6.T1A50?PWLA7`K6;^#3 M"J#3RC9%Y5HQJY7.;?T/#C%:R!4,".ABG*J";/#4".``44T%_F)3B$-94[#6 M._S7RS`U[>)BZ-5*ZI76<"*J8IT`9-V5ID`2"7"[/8C;W/?;W;5_&3K3-C+'$Z M02C;>,"]8WT'E*W<5]&-!1$F3@@\9M+4>:#5^8S7?$U2V&T5T4.[!@"&U_.Z M?KF(N5V%1378^>0&]]*QWM$#=HGT&J6W?NBB_M2#>8$7>2%#? M!-X6_\=-<\P0WW4;PP/>X+#1GX2P"R:B!0QNX:Z!X09]F-Y1WK?MX1=YL5P@ MX5_M!!UNXA^.XE[``!K>BY[YE17NXH`%XU\PBG(RXO%H8F875CC^&B`.!01` MOZ183C%1XD-^RATAXTM!*&NMXTV.#D5.!0!@M]WX.51>Y=EV$T_1*Y'0Y5X^ M;F0^!LM6YB\.YM*FYA=^YF+PX]X"YVZ.!P]^Y5-0XYE"X/.YCFA?FE07W[CO7.MP#F1WS@AZ6#.Y.8@D1TQKVB@#0@7#H=-UQU! MZ1XAZJ%NZ=`ZOOV]C=!""G@F<^"]#Z2N*:9>++,.#9C.$?^:+N"B@$.-$-SE MM`A?%^FU_@RQOA'%KA&WOA&Y+N![XS>)8+32)"FQ!9_47NW6?NW8GNW:ONW< MWNW>_NW@'N[B/N[D7N[F?N[HGN[JON[LWN[5_GB)4!#:H'53PN<;%"#WQ!1J M9^\3I`W>N%#NS>\3%,%U:WBI+O!O<_`(?S\/OO`.__`0'_$23W!2?'`@/02U M.HH3?:RC?8^*4Q%!#!_FS'"@\`@-KP<5K]47;UY,H?%T43;7;$(?CQ'G83'V M68S]M>RS,(%T,8'S+?*1['[?&;^ND/+/B?%,43;6,HH_?P:;$!$4!P\*4$CX M@J5%$R0@<$A"HPW4B'$Z$_.6\/3_]]<)2/A45`];['G@6*_UK<#U6CH$\\$, M[+`B7]];BQ4TO;Z6M2#V:.\>4L\V9&_W_%<&OB4?R*5<SW,N]64VA[]<8[+X?ISU@STUD$\/DM^:6!-7FAHH MNFKHCK8BF1\*;V+YG(H/&,/+^K@X44PL$(.&06#0>D4GE$AD0*#X" M80,@%'P"_Z#&1_L9@!:?17A!(##1Z6$@6AP@O*!#`O2I@JY9H5W=]_^7`+B* M'#X:P#X(V*1`!(D(/@X`)RG[%MW@ON;J[O*$`AH*Z"I)2XT<"0T1"3PY01@* M!E!-:4M;AR`EPQ3;&KD$"CZ$&6J+)R^)WN(V41>OX.R^C)60A0P.V@P^B/GP ML(:ZI\739H4*8T$4$$"09P."]<;EDZI!KK.W7;WU&+`/I.<%)%(.Q+DOZO;M M`3"@@`-?`B$2N<4.7KIU[;A08;"@`+J(`>O=DZ*-6+,H5PX$@.+P8S4"P5@6 M,@"B0*=$X.Y\%%@.RH&9-!6`@,0(0`$A##X4B*=SGDN8YC[,K/]IY>:00BR9 MCN,9Z6>!H(7T?$C`!D#1<%G%W4*J5(A7H;V*%MFR%&TMIQ]B1@618!`;!ZW. M"D1FH.,9(0DD-3*Z=Y#"NO)F;0DJ!-*"/:.FAOGW6-[@PD,0"XG+N$[B,%@Y MTXK\8?);RW[?"B!0UFS.U+1::996^7+;*@`F0_EYNY3G`H;W)KYR!BP;8@/$ MZD0&!0%MV*_$2B82F#@I5-KLE&T0:@B4!GR)P3E`NSNMZ1^JE[V.-(%V*`F` M%1C>GM)W8;3'6PP$!`H0`)O]".)ODE;4`U!`\]!+A[4M;%/PC_?B`^`Z;0X` M9IT!"\2&KH!F(T8+VL2K2HM@%`"HD4/_+*R$"LI0!*`!!$8!80"^"A2MQA@I M*7&*&K=`+A36OAA`@6!2`G*2&84B$D=W4TT]!#57444DMU=1344U5U559 M;=755V&-5=99::W5UEMQS57777GMU==?@0U6V&&)+=;88Y%-5MEEF6W6V6>A MC5;:::FMUMIKL2>:-MUE%__93%??CQ2YC8$$@/M7#4$8T4<(.')\)1AA M8&1#F*1:'`(\U`P01!@$EMK8Y'\3=)([)00P<:(813:Y0B4$<7BG<*Z(V):$]3$Z@7J@]CIGD(V#9&$:T M4&DYJP$.L``#"#20P,X_!-'/,TQNZ\5XUN\AW'";TIUYOM2-Q\^!NPA;DR9X\WMA,\!9Y(:J8K M5"FZ"HTWYVME8]ZX`(&#F>Y\<5SB'J(H!IR(K@X$#$]JM]QUA$-PPO^+8(-N MNU//*F&)/U*@@@>H?R`#"9:F.:E1PH$""A.1D>60:O@RC$"^?BHD8C9:^Z07 M,.!`P,2PF32,`&QZU/'()AM1@+H`!(&F5R`.#@V`A?Q$`R,HV8@Z7E)@,.:$ MAV`@L&V'X-(9#."Z!/R$@4`3P@*JA!HC"(`#$##A"2UPN1'-RP"L6)L!'.`` M66#!8$()P$P&X+@%",`!.'S7&N"E(P8(X$K:@P]5(E8(;.3D"E];B3>$,1.B M*0\O;5FB0!(PO0I4#!!"F]U#A."]?+PM'7<(QU7"R)HQJF\-K"E"^<0DC$_@ MKP%?X)(`"GC`^8V'3&+:GQY`"!^6S*B"44K_RM?&\8$.5(]Z'N"BYCP1C@(@ M`!*CT(97&`"0:ISF+0I`(V/V0Z#D]4)Y>/R&(ZY0GXX,@"$%H$(5^8*?8,P$ M8ZX[CQM1`HQ(Z)*6=T"%,.IS1%;BRE)$)`CB#>OH1AB"DHFC7,P.9ZC& M);;```[=;B",*QHCA&,/53@"`1]"RABJ*#[HW($-A_A;:1QS!8>%S2:E"^9"BH:9)R"%(B6H4F->^4V"!0`.P)R36\41[4!4`,D0B%-[E M3SLL"3NA+45?:V08ADR@>A.(1+V`NS8DY`%]J(!J9G?S,RN1T17/E2I!"+*R MN2S.M6+PQEP%^R'VK=5]#5"L`1B;A;SV=F(GI<2\?FB/=R5TJ!-(27SA*__1 MAYRF&U`0W-T`MX`;Z39BG(1#W>!P!J:**9VC)(K)^.`(")^DFE_%B3ZZP0=/ M;%BPOAR$73]XJS15^B#0*PF^Z@L.VZK/;=@P;?:HP'8$&>.HS"W?P(` M*010!]'DD<5L;K&G6"`,PP;A7^:AQ@GX^T(X/"JA_U9QP3IJ,$>/,(L3?X/# M60B'':K!!RM[Y0OK19W)YH$`#,A89WU`16UT-&%)_'4(V+!P&@D03I,=X@K/ MF4-@D,$7@][+$28=-6.]RPXSI"[.&39C%?I<5P__OVV];\W7%@0729L$H!!7 MXJ2*/TA-!8R:V`J(,2,C0&R#$JRK_(0+#<-1,YH4`"EL>.X,X=,-.-#D(A/V M*J*E+0C_3@QS5N[7``))A\]=X7"J@T2\#1?*E1G67R69T6*M:[C:#56^VZ'V`C*>J\RZGDDE+@,E9U^ M;6P-I-''H'`P0!@$^(Y):[9W55!S`,*P#L*PQ77*108;%U#;AX@:J3RF`U(. M\9GO8?C5"8GU)`<`3UJ'F#$$()L7'BW8`V"9Q_]X>B]OQT9M/'*BQZY>9!U= M820N[H8]+N?A1"P(8O@W_X?=B+(JMDJ.;T!"&%)@W:9]442B?4X9NJV"*/`" MYFD,=Z@/F(!'_,`@.9+\72:'#@)FO2*'-\8(%3]=G#9[K(PO1[K*>>/!68##L+N?!:2TP@;$P/?D\*S`-.CJ@0Y`?FL,$A[&G_5B?"A($79H867,?;I.\/4$R.=@_@ MJO]H_T*':C:&DAB#]ZK(^DP&]GZ/^J0A9@H`O"IK^_RL_"+A"UB0#]@O*=1K M$*[H!=E"(`*F$IY'1^XEOJS!<0C@+S))3$9-N!R',FY(3(;(`0A@B-R@"GNF M979##P9@B)1JAY[0&OY"[PS#<>XE[P$^PG'IQ@HQS+`B+@$!%1`BYGPNB/["A"G.`@"Z##NWKB@[YIROP! M%Z@*!0]03()!"BHBCFZB^S9F,NS)%RH0UI)"=?8D#V("( M"`;&"GDH"QN-,O2&+G:($-OP"R+'#AC+MLR0B(A@$']5X@B9D(=NKUT^11&4 M3;Z:T0UAJ(<401IJB(5P01EKR!J300SU:QMQX88*"J6XT`"N$#F\<0G;Z5[T >$`F9K5GD31KQ,1_1XA[UL1_]\1\!,B`%,ER"```[ ` end -----END PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE-----